initial commit of ebook 7045HEADmain

1 files changed, 7283 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/7045.txt b/7045.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c9f717
--- /dev/null
+++ b/7045.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7283 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Marching Men, by Sherwood Anderson
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Marching Men
+
+Author: Sherwood Anderson
+
+
+Release Date: December, 2004 [EBook #7045]
+This file was first posted on February 27, 2003
+Last Updated: June 30, 2013
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARCHING MEN ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MARCHING MEN
+
+By Sherwood Anderson
+
+Author of "Windy Mcpherson's Son"
+
+MCMXVII
+
+
+
+TO
+
+AMERICAN WORKINGMEN
+
+
+
+
+BOOK I
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+
+Uncle Charlie Wheeler stamped on the steps before Nance McGregor's
+bake-shop on the Main Street of the town of Coal Creek Pennsylvania and
+then went quickly inside. Something pleased him and as he stood before
+the counter in the shop he laughed and whistled softly. With a wink at
+the Reverend Minot Weeks who stood by the door leading to the street, he
+tapped with his knuckles on the showcase.
+
+"It has," he said, waving attention to the boy, who was making a mess
+of the effort to arrange Uncle Charlie's loaf into a neat package,
+"a pretty name. They call it Norman--Norman McGregor." Uncle Charlie
+laughed heartily and again stamped upon the floor. Putting his finger to
+his forehead to suggest deep thought, he turned to the minister. "I am
+going to change all that," he said.
+
+"Norman indeed! I shall give him a name that will stick! Norman!
+Too soft, too soft and delicate for Coal Creek, eh? It shall be
+rechristened. You and I will be Adam and Eve in the garden naming
+things. We will call it Beaut--Our Beautiful One--Beaut McGregor."
+
+The Reverend Minot Weeks also laughed. He thrust four ringers of each
+hand into the pockets of his trousers, letting the extended thumbs lie
+along the swelling waist line. From the front the thumbs looked like
+two tiny boats on the horizon of a troubled sea. They bobbed and jumped
+about on the rolling shaking paunch, appearing and disappearing as
+laughter shook him. The Reverend Minot Weeks went out at the door ahead
+of Uncle Charlie, still laughing. One fancied that he would go along
+the street from store to store telling the tale of the christening and
+laughing again. The tall boy could imagine the details of the story.
+
+It was an ill day for births in Coal Creek, even for the birth of one of
+Uncle Charlie's inspirations. Snow lay piled along the sidewalks and in
+the gutters of Main Street--black snow, sordid with the gathered grime
+of human endeavour that went on day and night in the bowels of the
+hills. Through the soiled snow walked miners, stumbling along silently
+and with blackened faces. In their bare hands they carried dinner pails.
+
+The McGregor boy, tall and awkward, and with a towering nose, great
+hippopotamus-like mouth and fiery red hair, followed Uncle Charlie,
+Republican politician, postmaster and village wit to the door and looked
+after him as with the loaf of bread under his arm he hurried along the
+street. Behind the politician went the minister still enjoying the scene
+in the bakery. He was preening himself on his nearness to life in the
+mining town. "Did not Christ himself laugh, eat and drink with publicans
+and sinners?" he thought, as he waddled through the snow. The eyes of
+the McGregor boy, as they followed the two departing figures, and later,
+as he stood in the door of the bake-shop watching the struggling miners,
+glistened, with hatred. It was the quality of intense hatred for his
+fellows in the black hole between the Pennsylvania hills that marked the
+boy and made him stand forth among his fellows.
+
+In a country of so many varied climates and occupations as America it
+is absurd to talk of an American type. The country is like a vast
+disorganised undisciplined army, leaderless, uninspired, going in
+route-step along the road to they know not what end. In the prairie
+towns of the West and the river towns of the South from which have come
+so many of our writing men, the citizens swagger through life. Drunken
+old reprobates lie in the shade by the river's edge or wander through
+the streets of a corn shipping village of a Saturday evening with grins
+on their faces. Some touch of nature, a sweet undercurrent of life,
+stays alive in them and is handed down to those who write of them, and
+the most worthless man that walks the streets of an Ohio or Iowa town
+may be the father of an epigram that colours all the life of the men
+about him. In a mining town or deep in the entrails of one of our cities
+life is different. There the disorder and aimlessness of our American
+lives becomes a crime for which men pay heavily. Losing step with one
+another, men lose also a sense of their own individuality so that a
+thousand of them may be driven in a disorderly mass in at the door of a
+Chicago factory morning after morning and year after year with never an
+epigram from the lips of one of them.
+
+In Coal Creek when men got drunk they staggered in silence through the
+street. Did one of them, in a moment of stupid animal sportiveness,
+execute a clumsy dance upon the barroom floor, his fellow--labourers
+looked at him dumbly, or turning away left him to finish without
+witnesses his clumsy hilarity.
+
+Standing in the doorway and looking up and down the bleak village
+street, some dim realisation of the disorganised ineffectiveness of life
+as he knew it came into the mind of the McGregor boy. It seemed to him
+right and natural that he should hate men. With a sneer on his lips,
+he thought of Barney Butterlips, the town socialist, who was forever
+talking of a day coming when men would march shoulder to shoulder and
+life in Coal Creek, life everywhere, should cease being aimless and
+become definite and full of meaning.
+
+"They will never do that and who wants them to," mused the McGregor boy.
+A blast of wind bearing snow beat upon him and he turned into the shop
+and slammed the door behind him. Another thought stirred in his head and
+brought a flush to his cheeks. He turned and stood in the silence of the
+empty shop shaking with emotion. "If I could form the men of this place
+into an army I would lead them to the mouth of the old Shumway cut and
+push them in," he threatened, shaking his fist toward the door. "I would
+stand aside and see the whole town struggle and drown in the black
+water as untouched as though I watched the drowning of a litter of dirty
+little kittens."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The next morning when Beaut McGregor pushed his baker's cart along the
+street and began climbing the hill toward the miners' cottages, he went,
+not as Norman McGregor, the town baker boy, only product of the loins of
+Cracked McGregor of Coal Creek, but as a personage, a being, the object
+of an art. The name given him by Uncle Charlie Wheeler had made him a
+marked man. He was as the hero of a popular romance, galvanised into
+life and striding in the flesh before the people. Men looked at him with
+new interest, inventorying anew the huge mouth and nose and the flaming
+hair. The bartender, sweeping the snow from before the door of the
+saloon, shouted at him. "Hey, Norman!" he called. "Sweet Norman! Norman
+is too pretty a name. Beaut is the name for you! Oh you Beaut!"
+
+The tall boy pushed the cart silently along the street. Again he hated
+Coal Creek. He hated the bakery and the bakery cart. With a burning
+satisfying hate he hated Uncle Charlie Wheeler and the Reverend Minot
+Weeks. "Fat old fools," he muttered as he shook the snow off his hat and
+paused to breathe in the struggle up the hill. He had something new to
+hate. He hated his own name. It did sound ridiculous. He had thought
+before that there was something fancy and pretentious about it. It did
+not fit a bakery cart boy. He wished it might have been plain John or
+Jim or Fred. A quiver of irritation at his mother passed through him.
+"She might have used more sense," he muttered.
+
+And then the thought came to him that his father might have chosen
+the name. That checked his flight toward universal hatred and he began
+pushing the cart forward again, a more genial current of thought running
+through his mind. The tall boy loved the memory of his father, "Cracked
+McGregor." "They called him 'Cracked' until that became his name,"
+he thought. "Now they are at me." The thought renewed a feeling of
+fellowship between himself and his dead father--it softened him. When he
+reached the first of the bleak miners' houses a smile played about the
+corners of his huge mouth.
+
+In his day Cracked McGregor had not borne a good reputation in Coal
+Creek. He was a tall silent man with something morose and dangerous
+about him. He inspired fear born of hatred. In the mines he worked
+silently and with fiery energy, hating his fellow miners among whom
+he was thought to be "a bit off his head." They it was who named him
+"Cracked" McGregor and they avoided him while subscribing to the common
+opinion that he was the best miner in the district. Like his fellow
+workers he occasionally got drunk. When he went into the saloon where
+other men stood in groups buying drinks for each other he bought only
+for himself. Once a stranger, a fat man who sold liquor for a wholesale
+house, approached and slapped him on the back. "Come, cheer up and
+have a drink with me," he said. Cracked McGregor turned and knocked
+the stranger to the floor. When the fat man was down he kicked him and
+glared at the crowd in the room. Then he walked slowly out at the door
+staring around and hoping some one would interfere.
+
+In his house also Cracked McGregor was silent. When he spoke at all
+he spoke kindly and looked into the eyes of his wife with an eager
+expectant air. To his red-haired son he seemed to be forever pouring
+forth a kind of dumb affection. Taking the boy in his arms he sat for
+hours rocking back and forth and saying nothing. When the boy was ill or
+troubled by strange dreams at night the feel of his father's arms about
+him quieted him. In his arms the boy went to sleep happily. In the mind
+of the father there was a single recurring thought, "We have but the one
+bairn, we'll not put him into the hole in the ground," he said, looking
+eagerly to the mother for approval.
+
+Twice had Cracked McGregor walked with his son on a Sunday afternoon.
+Taking the lad by the hand the miner went up the face of the hill, past
+the last of the miners' houses, through the grove of pine trees at the
+summit and on over the hill into sight of a wide valley on the farther
+side. When he walked he twisted his head far to one side like one
+listening. A falling timber in the mines had given him a deformed
+shoulder and left a great scar on his face, partly covered by a red
+beard filled with coal dust. The blow that had deformed his shoulder had
+clouded his mind. He muttered as he walked along the road and talked to
+himself like an old man.
+
+The red-haired boy ran beside his father happily. He did not see the
+smiles on the faces of the miners, who came down the hill and stopped to
+look at the odd pair. The miners went on down the road to sit in front
+of the stores on Main Street, their day brightened by the memory of the
+hurrying McGregors. They had a remark they tossed about. "Nance McGregor
+should not have looked at her man when she conceived," they said.
+
+Up the face of the hill climbed the McGregors. In the mind of the boy a
+thousand questions wanted answering. Looking at the silent gloomy face
+of his father, he choked back the questions rising in his throat, saving
+them for the quiet hour with his mother when Cracked McGregor was gone
+to the mine. He wanted to know of the boyhood of his father, of the life
+in the mine, of the birds that flew overhead and why they wheeled and
+flew in great ovals in the sky. He looked at the fallen trees in the
+woods and wondered what made them fall and whether the others would
+presently fall in their turn.
+
+Over the hill went the silent pair and through the pinewood to an
+eminence half way down the farther side. When the boy saw the valley
+lying so green and broad and fruitful at their feet he thought it the
+most wonderful sight in the world. He was not surprised that his father
+had brought him there. Sitting on the ground he opened and closed his
+eyes, his soul stirred by the beauty of the scene that lay before them.
+
+On the hillside Cracked McGregor went through a kind of ceremony.
+Sitting upon a log he made a telescope of his hands and looked over the
+valley inch by inch like one seeking something lost. For ten minutes he
+would look intently at a clump of trees or a spot in the river running
+through the valley where it broadened and where the water roughened
+by the wind glistened in the sun. A smile lurked in the corners of his
+mouth, he rubbed his hands together, he muttered incoherent words and
+bits of sentences, once he broke forth into a low droning song.
+
+On the first morning, when the boy sat on the hillside with his father,
+it was spring and the land was vividly green. Lambs played in the
+fields; birds sang their mating songs; in the air, on the earth and in
+the water of the flowing river it was a time of new life. Below,
+the flat valley of green fields was patched and spotted with brown
+new-turned earth. The cattle walking with bowed heads, eating the sweet
+grass, the farmhouses with red barns, the pungent smell of the new
+ground, fired his mind and awoke the sleeping sense of beauty in the
+boy. He sat upon the log drunk with happiness that the world in which
+he lived could be so beautiful. In his bed at night he dreamed of the
+valley, confounding it with the old Bible tale of the Garden of Eden,
+told him by his mother. He dreamed that he and his mother went over
+the hill and down toward the valley but that his father, wearing a long
+white robe and with his red hair blowing in the wind, stood upon the
+hillside swinging a long sword blazing with fire and drove them back.
+
+When the boy went again over the hill it was October and a cold wind
+blew down the hill into his face. In the woods golden brown leaves ran
+about like frightened little animals and golden-brown were the leaves
+on the trees about the farmhouses and golden-brown the corn standing
+shocked in the fields. The scene saddened the boy. A lump came into his
+throat and he wanted back the green shining beauty of the spring. He
+wished to hear the birds singing in the air and in the grass on the
+hillside.
+
+Cracked McGregor was in another mood. He seemed more satisfied than on
+the first visit and ran up and down on the little eminence rubbing
+his hands together and on the legs of his trousers. Through the long
+afternoon he sat on the log muttering and smiling.
+
+On the road home through the darkened woods the restless hurrying leaves
+frightened the boy so that, with his weariness from walking against
+the wind, his hunger from being all day without food, and with the cold
+nipping at his body, he began to cry. The father took the boy in his
+arms and holding him across his breast like a babe went down the hill to
+their home.
+
+It was on a Tuesday morning that Cracked McGregor died. His death fixed
+itself as something fine in the mind of the boy and the scene and the
+circumstance stayed with him through life, filling him with secret pride
+like a knowledge of good blood. "It means something that I am the son of
+such a man," he thought.
+
+It was past ten in the morning when the cry of "Fire in the mine" ran up
+the hill to the houses of the miners. A panic seized the women. In
+their minds they saw the men hurrying down old cuts, crouching in hidden
+corridors, pursued by death. Cracked McGregor, one of the night shift,
+slept in his house. The boy's mother, threw a shawl about her head,
+took his hand and ran down the hill to the mouth of the mine. Cold winds
+spitting snow blew in their faces. They ran along the tracks of the
+railroad, stumbling over the ties, and stood on the railroad embankment
+that overlooked the runway to the mine.
+
+About the runway and along the embankment stood the silent miners, their
+hands in their trousers pockets, staring stolidly at the closed door
+of the mine. Among them was no impulse toward concerted action. Like
+animals at the door of a slaughter-house they stood as though waiting
+their turn to be driven in at the door. An old crone with bent back
+and a huge stick in her hand went from one to another of the miners
+gesticulating and talking. "Get my boy--my Steve! Get him out of there!"
+she shouted, waving the stick about.
+
+The door of the mine opened and three men came out, staggering as they
+pushed before them a small car that ran upon rails. On the car lay three
+other men, silent and motionless. A woman thinly clad and with great
+cave-like hollows in her face climbed the embankment and sat upon the
+ground below the boy and his mother. "The fire is in the old McCrary
+cut," she said, her voice quivering, a dumb hopeless look in her eyes.
+"They can't get through to close the doors. My man Ike is in there."
+She put down her head and sat weeping. The boy knew the woman. She was
+a neighbour who lived in an unpainted house on the hillside. In the yard
+in front of her house a swarm of children played among the stones. Her
+husband, a great hulking fellow, got drunk and when he came home kicked
+his wife. The boy had heard her screaming at night.
+
+Suddenly in the growing crowd of miners below the embankment Beaut
+McGregor saw his father moving restlessly about. On his head he had his
+cap with the miner's lamp lighted. He went from group to group among the
+people, his head hanging to one side. The boy looked at him intently. He
+was reminded of the October day on the eminence overlooking the fruitful
+valley and again he thought of his father as a man inspired, going
+through a kind of ceremony. The tall miner rubbed his hands up and down
+his legs, he peered into the faces of the silent men standing about, his
+lips moved and his red beard danced up and down.
+
+As the boy looked a change came over the face of Cracked McGregor. He
+ran to the foot of the embankment and looked up. In his eyes was the
+look of a perplexed animal. The wife bent down and began to talk to the
+weeping woman on the ground, trying to comfort her. She did not see her
+husband and the boy and man stood in silence looking into each other's
+eyes.
+
+Then the puzzled look went out of the father's face. He turned and
+running along with his head rolling about reached the closed door of the
+mine. A man, who wore a white collar and had a cigar stuck in the corner
+of his mouth, put out his hand.
+
+"Stop! Wait!" he shouted. Pushing the man aside with his powerful arm
+the runner pulled open the door of the mine and disappeared down the
+runway.
+
+A hubbub arose. The man in the white collar took the cigar from his
+mouth and began to swear violently. The boy stood on the embankment and
+saw his mother running toward the runway of the mine. A miner gripped
+her by the arm and led her back up the face of the embankment. In the
+crowd a woman's voice shouted, "It's Cracked McGregor gone to close the
+door to the McCrary cut."
+
+The man with the white collar glared about as he chewed the end of his
+cigar. "He's gone crazy," he shouted, again closing the door to the
+mine.
+
+Cracked McGregor died in the mine, almost within reach of the door to
+the old cut where the fire burned. With him died all but five of the
+imprisoned miners. All day parties of men tried to get down into the
+mine. Below in the hidden passages under their own homes the scurrying
+miners died like rats in a burning barn while their wives, with shawls
+over their heads, sat silently weeping on the railroad embankment. In
+the evening the boy and his mother went up the hill alone. From the
+houses scattered over the hill came the sound of women weeping.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+For several years after the mine disaster the McGregors, mother and son,
+lived in the house on the hillside. The woman went each morning to the
+offices of the mine where she washed windows and scrubbed floors. The
+position was a sort of recognition on the part of the mine officials of
+the heroism of Cracked McGregor.
+
+Nance McGregor was a small blue-eyed woman with a sharp nose. She wore
+glasses and had the name in Coal Creek of being quick and sharp. She did
+not stand by the fence to talk with the wives of other miners but sat
+in her house and sewed or read aloud to her son. She subscribed for a
+magazine and had bound copies of it standing upon shelves in the room
+where she and the boy ate breakfast in the early morning. Before the
+death of her husband she had maintained a habit of silence in her
+house but after his death she expanded, and, with her red-haired son,
+discussed freely every phase of their narrow lives. As he grew older the
+boy began to believe that she like the miners had kept hidden under her
+silence a secret fear of his father. Certain things she said of her life
+encouraged the thought.
+
+Norman McGregor grew into a tall broad-shouldered boy with strong arms,
+flaming red hair and a habit of sudden and violent fits of temper. There
+was something about him that held the attention. As he grew older and
+was renamed by Uncle Charlie Wheeler he began going about looking for
+trouble. When the boys called him "Beaut" he knocked them down. When
+men shouted the name after him on the street he followed them with
+black looks. It became a point of honour with him to resent the name. He
+connected it with the town's unfairness to Cracked McGregor.
+
+In the house on the hillside the boy and his mother lived together
+happily. In the early morning they went down the hill and across the
+tracks to the offices of the mine. From the offices the boy went up
+the hill on the farther side of the valley and sat upon the schoolhouse
+steps or wandered in the streets waiting for the day in school to begin.
+In the evening mother and son sat upon the steps at the front of their
+home and watched the glare of the coke ovens on the sky and the
+lights of the swiftly-running passenger trains, roaring whistling and
+disappearing into the night.
+
+Nance McGregor talked to her son of the big world outside the valley
+and told him of the cities, the seas and the strange lands and peoples
+beyond the seas. "We have dug in the ground like rats," she said, "I and
+my people and your father and his people. With you it will be different.
+You will get out of here to other places and other work." She grew
+indignant thinking of the life in the town. "We are stuck down here amid
+dirt, living in it, breathing it," she complained. "Sixty men died in
+that hole in the ground and then the mine started again with new men.
+We stay here year after year digging coal to burn in engines that take
+other people across the seas and into the West."
+
+When the son was a tall strong boy of fourteen Nance McGregor bought the
+bakery and to buy it took the money saved by Cracked McGregor. With it
+he had planned to buy a farm in the valley beyond the hill. Dollar by
+dollar it had been put away by the miner who dreamed of life in his own
+fields.
+
+In the bakery the boy worked and learned to make bread. Kneading the
+dough his arms and hands grew as strong as a bear's. He hated the work,
+he hated Coal Creek and dreamed of life in the city and of the part he
+should play there. Among the young men he began to make here and there
+a friend. Like his father he attracted attention. Women looked at him,
+laughed at his big frame and strong homely features and looked again.
+When they spoke to him in the bakery or on the street he spoke back
+fearlessly and looked them in the eyes. Young girls in the school
+walked home down the hill with other boys and at night dreamed of Beaut
+McGregor. When some one spoke ill of him they answered defending and
+praising him. Like his father he was a marked man in the town of Coal
+Creek.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+
+One Sunday afternoon three boys sat on a log on the side of the hill
+that looked down into Coal Creek. From where they sat they could see the
+workers of the night shift idling in the sun on Main Street. From the
+coke ovens a thin line of smoke rose into the sky. A freight train
+heavily loaded crept round the hill at the end of the valley. It was
+spring and over even that hive of black industry hung a faint promise of
+beauty. The boys talked of the life of people in their town and as they
+talked thought each of himself.
+
+Although he had not been out of the valley and had grown strong and big
+there, Beaut McGregor knew something of the outside world. It isn't a
+time when men are shut off from their fellows. Newspapers and magazines
+have done their work too well. They reached even into the miner's cabin
+and the merchants along Main Street of Coal Creek stood before their
+stores in the afternoon and talked of the doings of the world. Beaut
+McGregor knew that life in his town was exceptional, that not everywhere
+did men toil all day black and grimy underground, that not all women
+were pale bloodless and bent. As he went about delivering bread he
+whistled a song. "Take me back to Broadway," he sang after the soubrette
+in a show that had once come to Coal Creek.
+
+Now as he sat on the hillside he talked earnestly while he gesticulated
+with his hands. "I hate this town," he said. "The men here think they
+are confoundedly funny. They don't care for anything but making foolish
+jokes and getting drunk. I want to go away." His voice rose and hatred
+flamed up in him. "You wait," he boasted. "I'll make men stop being
+fools. I'll make children of them. I'll----" Pausing he looked at his
+two companions.
+
+Beaut poked the ground with a stick. The boy sitting beside him laughed.
+He was a short well--dressed black--haired boy with rings on his fingers
+who worked in the town poolroom, racking the pool balls. "I'd like to go
+where there are women with blood in them," he said.
+
+Three women came up the hill toward them, a tall pale brown-haired
+woman of twenty-seven and two fairer young girls. The black-haired boy
+straightened his tie and began thinking of a conversation he would start
+when the women reached him. Beaut and the other boy, a fat fellow, the
+son of a grocer, looked down the hill to the town over the heads of the
+newcomers and continued in their minds the thoughts that had made the
+conversation.
+
+"Hello girls, come and sit here," shouted the black-haired boy, laughing
+and looking boldly into the eyes of the tall pale woman. They stopped
+and the tall woman began stepping over the fallen logs, coming to them.
+The two young girls followed, laughing. They sat down on the log beside
+the boys, the tall pale woman at the end beside red-haired McGregor. An
+embarrassed silence fell over the party. Both Beaut and the fat boy were
+disconcerted by this turn to their afternoon's outing and wondered how
+it would turn out.
+
+The pale woman began to talk in a low tone. "I want to get away from
+here," she said, "I wish I could hear birds sing and see green things
+grow."
+
+Beaut McGregor had an idea. "You come with me," he said. He got up and
+climbed over the logs and the pale woman followed. The fat boy shouted
+at them, relieving his own embarrassment by trying to embarrass them.
+"Where're you going--you two?" he shouted.
+
+Beaut said nothing. He stepped over the logs to the road and began
+climbing the hill. The tall woman walked beside him and held her skirts
+out of the deep dust of the road. Even on this her Sunday gown there was
+a faint black mark along the seams--the mark of Coal Creek.
+
+As McGregor walked his embarrassment left him. He thought it fine that
+he should be thus alone with a woman. When she had tired from the climb
+he sat with her on a log beside the road and talked of the black-haired
+boy. "He has your ring on his finger," he said, looking at her and
+laughing.
+
+She held her hand pressed tightly against her side and closed her eyes.
+"The climbing hurts me," she said.
+
+Tenderness took hold of Beaut. When they went on again he walked behind
+her, his hand upon her back pushing her up the hill. The desire to tease
+her about the black-haired boy had passed and he wished he had said
+nothing about the ring. He remembered the story the black-haired boy
+had told him of his conquest of the woman. "More than likely a mess of
+lies," he thought.
+
+Over the crest of the hill they stopped and rested, leaning against a
+worn rail fence by the woods. Below them in a wagon a party of men went
+down the hill. The men sat upon boards laid across the box of a wagon
+and sang a song. One of them stood in the seat beside the driver and
+waved a bottle. He seemed to be making a speech. The others shouted and
+clapped their hands. The sounds came faint and sharp up the hill.
+
+In the woods beside the fence rank grass grew. Hawks floated in the sky
+over the valley below. A squirrel running along the fence stopped and
+chattered at them. McGregor thought he had never had so delightful
+a companion. He got a feeling of complete, good fellowship and
+friendliness with this woman. Without knowing how the thing had been
+done he felt a certain pride in it. "Don't mind what I said about the
+ring," he urged, "I was only trying to tease you."
+
+The woman beside McGregor was the daughter of an undertaker who lived
+upstairs over his shop near the bakery. He had seen her in the evening
+standing in the stairway by the shop door. After the story told him by
+the black-haired boy he had been embarrassed about her. When he passed
+her standing in the stairway he went hurriedly along and looked into the
+gutter.
+
+They went down the hill and sat on the log upon the hillside. A clump
+of elders had grown about the log since his visits there with Cracked
+McGregor so that the place was closed and shaded like a room. The woman
+took off her hat and laid it beside her on the log. A faint colour
+mounted to her pale cheeks and a flash of anger gleamed in her eyes. "He
+probably lied to you about me," she said, "I didn't give him that ring
+to wear. I don't know why I gave it to him. He wanted it. He asked me
+for it time and again. He said he wanted to show it to his mother. And
+now he has shown it to you and I suppose told lies about me."
+
+Beaut was annoyed and wished he had not mentioned the ring. He felt that
+an unnecessary fuss was being made about it. He did not believe that the
+black-haired boy had lied but he did not think it mattered.
+
+He began talking of his father, boasting of him. His hatred of the
+town blazed up. "They thought they knew him down there," he said, "they
+laughed at him and called him 'Cracked.' They thought his running into
+the mine just a crazy notion like a horse that runs into a burning
+stable. He was the best man in town. He was braver than any of them. He
+went in there and died when he had almost enough money saved to buy a
+farm over here." He pointed down the valley.
+
+Beaut began to tell her of the visits to the hillside with his father
+and described the effect of the scene on himself when he was a child. "I
+thought it was paradise," he said.
+
+She put her hand on his arm and seemed to be soothing him like a careful
+groom quieting an excitable horse. "Don't mind them," she said, "you
+will go away after a time and make a place for yourself out in the
+world."
+
+He wondered how she knew. A profound respect for her came over him. "She
+is keen to guess that," he thought.
+
+He began to talk of himself, boasting and throwing out his chest. "I'd
+like to have the chance to show what I can do," he declared. A thought
+that had been in his mind on the winter day when Uncle Charlie Wheeler
+put the name of Beaut upon him came back and he walked up and down
+before the woman making grotesque motions with his hands as Cracked
+McGregor had walked up and down before him.
+
+"I'll tell you what," he began and his voice was harsh. He had forgotten
+the presence of the woman and half forgotten what had been in his
+mind. He sputtered and glared over his shoulder up the hillside as he
+struggled for words. "Oh to Hell with men!" he burst forth. "They are
+cattle, stupid cattle." A fire blazed up in his eyes and a confident
+ring came into his voice. "I'd like to get them together, all of them,"
+he said, "I'd like to make them----" Words failed him and again he sat
+down on the log beside the woman. "Well I'd like to lead them to an old
+mine shaft and push them in," he concluded resentfully.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+On the eminence Beaut and the tall woman sat and looked down into the
+valley. "I wonder why we don't go there, mother and I," he said. "When
+I see it I'm filled with the notion. I think I want to be a farmer and
+work in the fields. Instead of that mother and I sit and plan of the
+city. I'm going to be a lawyer. That's all we talk about. Then I come up
+here and it seems as though this is the place for me."
+
+The tall woman laughed. "I can see you coming home at night from the
+fields," she said. "It might be to that white house there with the
+windmill, You would be a big man and would have dust in your red hair
+and perhaps a red beard growing on your chin. And a woman with a baby
+in her arms would come out of the kitchen door to stand leaning on the
+fence waiting for you. When you came up she would put her arm around
+your neck and kiss you on the lips. The beard would tickle her cheek.
+You should have a beard when you grow older. Your mouth is so big."
+
+A strange new feeling shot through Beaut. He wondered why she had said
+that and wanted to take hold of her hand and kiss her then and there. He
+got up and looked at the sun going down behind the hill far away at the
+other end of the valley. "We'd better be getting along back," he said.
+
+The woman remained seated on the log. "Sit down," she said, "I'll tell
+you something--something it's good for you to hear. You're so big and
+red you tempt a girl to bother you. First though you tell me why you go
+along the street looking into the gutter when I stand in the stairway in
+the evening."
+
+Beaut sat down again upon the log, and thought of what the black-haired
+boy had told him of her. "Then it was true--what he said about you?" he
+asked.
+
+"No! No!" she cried, jumping up in her turn and beginning to pin on her
+hat. "Let's be going."
+
+Beaut sat stolidly on the log. "What's the use bothering each other,"
+he said. "Let's sit here until the sun goes down. We can get home before
+dark."
+
+They sat down and she began talking, boasting of herself as he had
+boasted of his father.
+
+"I'm too old for that boy," she said; "I'm older than you by a good many
+years. I know what boys talk about and what they say about women. I do
+pretty well. I don't have any one to talk to except father and he sits
+all evening reading a paper and going to sleep in his chair. If I let
+boys come and sit with me in the evening or stand talking with me in
+the stairway it is because I'm lonesome. There isn't a man in town I'd
+marry--not one."
+
+The speech sounded discordant and harsh to Beaut. He wished his father
+were there rubbing his hands together and muttering rather than this
+pale woman who stirred him up and then talked harshly like the women at
+the back doors in Coal Creek. He thought again as he had thought before
+that he preferred the black-faced miners drunk and silent to their pale
+talking wives. On an impulse he told her that, saying it crudely so that
+it hurt.
+
+Their companionship was spoiled. They got up and began to climb the
+hill, going toward home. Again she put her hand to her side and again he
+wished to put his hand at her back and push her up the hill. Instead he
+walked beside her in silence, again hating the town.
+
+Halfway down the hill the tall woman stopped by the road-side. Darkness
+was coming on and the glow of the coke ovens lighted the sky. "One
+living up here and never going down there might think it rather grand
+and big," he said. Again the hatred came. "They might think the men who
+live down there knew something instead of being just a lot of cattle."
+
+A smile came into the face of the tall woman and a gentler look stole
+into her eyes. "We get at one another," she said, "we can't let one
+another alone. I wish we hadn't quarrelled. We might be friends if we
+tried. You have got something in you. You attract women. I've heard
+others say that. Your father was that way. Most of the women here would
+rather have been the wife of Cracked McGregor ugly as he was than to
+have stayed with their own husbands. I heard my mother say that to
+father when they lay quarrelling in bed at night and I lay listening."
+
+The boy was overcome with the thought of a woman talking to him so
+frankly. He looked at her and said what was in his mind. "I don't
+like the women," he said, "but I liked you, seeing you standing in the
+stairway and thinking you had been doing as you pleased. I thought maybe
+you amounted to something. I don't know why you should be bothered by
+what I think. I don't know why any woman should be bothered by what any
+man thinks. I should think you would go right on doing what you want to
+do like mother and me about my being a lawyer."
+
+He sat on a log beside the road near where he had met her and watched
+her go down the hill. "I'm quite a fellow to have talked to her all
+afternoon like that," he thought and pride in his growing manhood crept
+over him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+
+The town of Coal Creek was hideous. People from prosperous towns and
+cities of the middle west, from Ohio, Illinois, and Iowa, going east to
+New York or Philadelphia, looked out of the car windows and seeing the
+poor little houses scattered along the hillside thought of books they
+had read of life in hovels in the old world. In chair-cars men and women
+leaned back and closed their eyes. They yawned and wished the journey
+would come to an end. If they thought of the town at all they regretted
+it mildly and passed it off as a necessity of modern life.
+
+The houses on the hillside and the stores along Main Street belonged
+to the mining company. In its turn the mining company belonged to the
+officials of the railroad. The manager of the mine had a brother who was
+division superintendent. It was the mine manager who had stood by the
+door of the mine when Cracked McGregor went to his death. He lived in a
+city some thirty miles away, and went there in the evening on the train.
+With him went the clerks and even the stenographers from the offices of
+the mine. After five o'clock in the afternoon no white collars were to
+be seen upon the streets of Coal Creek.
+
+In the town men lived like brutes. Dumb with toil they drank greedily in
+the saloon on Main Street and went home to beat their wives. Among them
+a constant low muttering went on. They felt the injustice of their lot
+but could not voice it logically and when they thought of the men
+who owned the mine they swore dumbly, using vile oaths even in their
+thoughts. Occasionally a strike broke out and Barney Butterlips, a thin
+little man with a cork leg, stood on a box and made speeches regarding
+the coming brotherhood of man. Once a troop of cavalry was unloaded from
+the cars and with a battery paraded the main street. The battery was
+made up of several men in brown uniforms. They set up a Gatling gun at
+the end of the street and the strike subsided.
+
+An Italian who lived in a house on the hillside cultivated a garden.
+His place was the one beauty spot in the valley. With a wheelbarrow he
+brought earth from the woods at the top of the hill and on Sunday he
+could be seen going back and forth and whistling merrily. In the winter
+he sat in his house making a drawing on a bit of paper. In the spring he
+took the drawing, and by it planted his garden, utilising every inch of
+his ground. When a strike came on he was told by the mine manager to go
+on back to work or move out of his house. He thought of the garden and
+the work he had done and went back to his routine of work in the mine.
+While he worked the miners marched up the hill and destroyed the garden.
+The next day the Italian also joined the striking miners.
+
+In a little one-room shack on the hill lived an old woman. She lived
+alone and was vilely dirty. In her house she had old broken chairs and
+tables picked up about town and piled in such profusion that she could
+scarcely move about. On warm days she sat in the sun before the shack
+chewing on a stick that had been dipped in tobacco. Miners coming up the
+hill dumped bits of bread and meat-ends out of their dinner-pails into a
+box nailed to a tree by the road. These the old woman collected and ate.
+When the soldiers came to town she walked along the street jeering at
+them. "Pretty boys! Scabs! Dudes! Dry-goods clerks!" she called after
+them as she walked by the tails of their horses. A young man with
+glasses on his nose, who was mounted on a grey horse turned and called
+to his comrades, "Let her alone--it's old Mother Misery herself."
+
+When the tall red-haired boy looked at the workers and at the old woman
+who followed the soldiers he did not sympathise with them. He hated
+them. In a way he sympathised with the soldiers. His blood was stirred
+by the sight of them marching shoulder to shoulder. He thought there
+was order and decency in the rank of uniformed men moving silently and
+quickly along and he half wished they would destroy the town. When the
+strikers made a wreck of the garden of the Italian he was deeply touched
+and walked up and down in the room before his mother, proclaiming
+himself. "I would have killed them had it been my garden," he said. "I
+would not have left one of them alive." In his heart he like Cracked
+McGregor nursed his hatred of the miners and of the town. "The place is
+one to get out of," he said. "If a man doesn't like it here let him get
+up and leave." He remembered his father working and saving for the farm
+in the valley. "They thought him cracked but he knew more than they.
+They would not have dared touch a garden he had planted."
+
+In the heart of the miner's son strange half-formed thoughts began to
+find lodgings. Remembering in his dreams at night the moving columns
+of men in their uniforms he read new meaning into the scraps of history
+picked up in the school and the movements of men in old history began to
+have significance for him. On a summer afternoon as he loitered before
+the town's hotel, beneath which was the saloon and billiard room
+where the black-haired boy worked, he overheard two men talking of the
+significance of men.
+
+One of the men was an itinerant oculist who came to the mining town once
+a month to fit and sell spectacles. When the oculist had sold several
+pairs of spectacles he got drunk, sometimes staying drunk for a week.
+When he was drunk he spoke French and Italian and sometimes stood in the
+barroom before the miners, quoting the poems of Dante. His clothes
+were greasy from long wear and he had a huge nose streaked with red and
+purple veins. Because of his learning in the languages and his quoting
+of poems the miners thought the oculist infinitely wise. To them it
+seemed that one with such a mind must have almost unearthly knowledge
+concerning the eyes and the fitting of glasses and they wore with pride
+the cheap ill-fitting things he thrust upon them.
+
+Occasionally, as though making a concession to his patrons, the oculist
+spent an evening among them. Once after reciting one of the sonnets of
+Shakespeare he put a hand on the bar and rocking gently back and forth
+sang in a drink-broken voice a ballad beginning "The harp that once
+through Tara's halls the soul of music shed." After the song he put his
+head down upon the bar and wept while the miners looked on touched with
+sympathy.
+
+On the summer afternoon when Beaut McGregor listened, the oculist was
+engaged in a violent quarrel with another man, drunk like himself. The
+second man was a slender dandified fellow of middle age who sold shoes
+for a Philadelphia jobbing-house. He sat in a chair tilted against the
+hotel and tried to read aloud from a book. When he was fairly launched
+in a long paragraph the oculist interrupted. Staggering up and down the
+narrow board walk before the hotel the old drunkard raved and swore. He
+seemed beside himself with wrath.
+
+"I am sick of such slobbering philosophy," he declared. "Even the
+reading of it makes you drool at the mouth. You do not say the words
+sharply, and they can't be said sharply. I'm a strong man myself."
+
+Spreading his legs wide apart and blowing up his cheeks, the oculist
+beat upon his breast. With a wave of his hand he dismissed the man in
+the chair.
+
+"You but slobber and make a foul noise," he declared. "I know your kind.
+I spit upon you. The Congress at Washington is full of such fellows as
+is also the House of Commons in England. In France they were once in
+charge. They ran things in France until the coming of a man such as
+myself. They were lost in the shadow of the great Napoleon."
+
+The oculist as though dismissing the dandified man from his mind turned
+to address Beaut. He talked in French and the man in the chair fell into
+a troubled sleep. "I am like Napoleon," the drunkard declared, breaking
+again into English. Tears began to show in his eyes. "I take the money
+of these miners and I give them nothing. The spectacles I sell to their
+wives for five dollars cost me but fifteen cents. I ride over these
+brutes as Napoleon rode over Europe. There would be order and purpose in
+me were I not a fool. I am like Napoleon in that I have utter contempt
+for men."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Again and again the words of the drunkard came back into the mind of
+the McGregor boy influencing his thoughts. Grasping nothing of the
+philosophy back of the man's words his imagination was yet touched by
+the drunkard's tale of the great Frenchman, babbled into his ears, and
+it in some way seemed to give point to his hatred of the disorganised
+ineffectiveness of the life about him.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+After Nance McGregor opened the bakery another strike came to disturb
+the prosperity of the business. Again the miners walked idly through the
+streets. Into the bakery they came to get bread and told Nance to write
+the debt down against them. Beaut McGregor was disturbed. He saw his
+father's money being spent for flour which when baked into loaves
+went out of the shop under the arms of the miners who shuffled as they
+walked. One night a man whose name appeared on their books followed by
+a long record of charged loaves came reeling past the bakery. McGregor
+went to his mother and protested. "They have money to get drunk," he
+said, "let them pay for their loaves."
+
+Nance McGregor went on trusting the miners. She thought of the women and
+children in the houses on the hill and when she heard of the plans of
+the mining company to evict the miners from their houses she shuddered.
+"I was the wife of a miner and I will stick to them," she thought.
+
+One day the mine manager came into the bakery. He leaned over the
+showcase and talked to Nance. The son went and stood by his mother's
+side to listen. "It has got to be stopped," the manager was saying. "I
+will not see you ruin yourself for these cattle. I want you to close
+this place till the strike is over. If you won't close it I will. The
+building belongs to us. They did not appreciate what your husband did
+and why should you ruin yourself for them?"
+
+The woman looked at him and answered in a low tone full of resolution.
+"They thought he was crazy and he was," she said; "but what made him
+so--the rotten timbers in the mine that broke and crushed him. You and
+not they are responsible for my man and what he was."
+
+Beaut McGregor interrupted. "Well I think he is right," he declared,
+leaning over the counter beside his mother and looking into her face.
+"The miners don't want better things for their families, they want more
+money to get drunk. We will close the doors here. We will put no more
+money into bread to go into their gullets. They hated father and he
+hated them and now I hate them also."
+
+Beaut walked around the end of the counter and went with the mine
+manager to the door. He locked it and put the key into his pocket. Then
+he walked to the rear of the bake shop where his mother sat on a box
+weeping. "It is time a man took charge here," he said.
+
+Nance McGregor and her son sat in the bakery and looked at each other.
+Miners came along the street, tried the door and went away grumbling.
+Word ran from lip to lip up the hillside. "The mine manager has closed
+Nance McGregor's shop," said the women leaning over back fences.
+Children sprawling on the floors of the houses put up their heads and
+howled. Their lives were a succession of new terrors. When a day passed
+that a new terror did not shake them they went to bed happy. When the
+miner and his woman stood by the door talking in low tones they cried,
+expecting to be put to bed hungry. When guarded talk did not go on by
+the door the miner came home drunk and beat the mother and the children
+lay in beds along the wall trembling with fright.
+
+Late that night a party of miners came to the door of the bakery and
+beat upon it with their fists. "Open up here!" they shouted. Beaut
+came out of the rooms above the bakery and stood in the empty shop. His
+mother sat in a chair in her room and trembled. He went to the door
+and unlocking it stepped out. The miners stood in groups on the wooden
+sidewalk and in the mud of the road. Among them stood the old crone who
+had walked beside the horses and shouted at the soldiers. A miner with a
+black beard came and stood before the boy. Waving his hand at the crowd
+he said, "We have come to open the bakery. Some of us have no ovens
+in our stoves. You give us the key and we will open the place. We will
+break in the door if you don't want to do that. The company can't blame
+you if we do it by force. You can keep account of what we take. Then
+when the strike is settled we will pay you."
+
+A flame shot into the eyes of the boy. He walked down the steps and
+stood among the miners. Thrusting his hands into his pockets he peered
+into their faces. When he spoke his voice resounded through the street,
+"You jeered at my father, Cracked McGregor, when he went into the mine
+for you. You laughed at him because he saved his money and did not spend
+it buying you drinks. Now you come here to get bread his money bought
+and you do not pay. Then you get drunk and go reeling past this very
+door. Now let me tell you something." He thrust his hands into the air
+and shouted. "The mine manager did not close this place. I closed it.
+You jeered at Cracked McGregor, a better man than any of you. You have
+had fun with me--laughing at me. Now I jeer at you." He ran up the steps
+and unlocking the door stood in the doorway. "Pay the money you owe this
+bakery and there will be bread for sale here," he called, and went in
+and locked the door.
+
+The miners walked off up the street. The boy stood within the bakery,
+his hands trembling. "I've told them something," he thought, "I've shown
+them they can't make a fool of me." He went up the stairway to the rooms
+above. By the window his mother sat, her head in her hands, looking down
+into the street. He sat in a chair and thought of the situation. "They
+will be back here and smash the place like they tore up that garden," he
+said.
+
+The next evening Beaut sat in the darkness on the steps before the
+bakery. In his hands he held a hammer. A dull hatred of the town and of
+the miners burned in his brain. "I will make it hot for some of them if
+they come here," he thought. He hoped they would come. As he looked at
+the hammer in his hand a phrase from the lips of the drunken old oculist
+babbling of Napoleon came into his mind. He began to think that he also
+must be like the figure of which the drunkard had talked. He remembered
+a story the oculist had told of a fight in the streets of a European
+city and muttered and waved the hammer about. Upstairs his mother sat by
+the window with her head in her hands. From the saloon down the street a
+light gleamed out on the wet sidewalk. The tall pale woman who had gone
+with him to the eminence overlooking the valley came down the stairway
+from above the undertaker's shop. She ran along the sidewalk. On her
+head she wore a shawl and as she ran she clutched it with her hand. The
+other hand she held against her side.
+
+When the women reached the boy who sat in silence before the bakery
+she put her hands on his shoulders and plead with him. "Come away," she
+said. "Get your mother and come to our place. They're going to smash you
+up here. You'll get hurt."
+
+Beaut arose and pushed her away. Her coming had given him new courage.
+His heart jumped at the thought of her interest in him and he wished
+that the miners might come so that he could fight them before her. "I
+wish I could live among people as decent as she," he thought.
+
+A train stopped at the station down the street. There came the sound of
+tramping of men and quick sharp commands. A stream of men poured out of
+the saloon onto the sidewalk. Down the street came a file of soldiers
+with guns swung across their shoulders. Again Beaut was thrilled by the
+sight of trained orderly men moving along shoulder to shoulder. In the
+presence of these men the disorganized miners seemed pitifully weak and
+insignificant. The girl pulled the shawl about her head and ran up the
+street to disappear into the stairway. The boy unlocked the door and
+went upstairs and to bed.
+
+After the strike Nance McGregor who owned nothing but unpaid accounts
+was unable to open the bakery. A small man with a white moustache, who
+chewed tobacco, came from the mill and took the unused flour and shipped
+it away. The boy and his mother continued living above the bakery store
+room. Again she went in the morning to wash the windows and scrub the
+floors in the offices of the mine and her red-haired son stood upon the
+street or sat in the pool room and talked to the black-haired boy.
+"Next week I'll be going to the city and will begin making something of
+myself," he said. When the time came to go he waited and idled in the
+streets. Once when a miner jeered at him for his idleness he knocked him
+into the gutter. The miners who hated him for his speech on the steps,
+admired him for his strength and brute courage.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+
+In a cellar-like house driven like a stake into the hillside above Coal
+Creek lived Kate Hartnet with her son Mike. Her man had died with the
+others during the fire in the mine. Her son like Beaut McGregor did not
+work in the mine. He hurried through Main Street or went half running
+among the trees on the hills. Miners seeing him hurrying along with
+white intense face shook their heads. "He's cracked," they said. "He'll
+hurt some one yet."
+
+Beaut saw Mike hurrying about the streets. Once encountering him in the
+pine woods above the town he walked with him and tried to get him to
+talk. In his pockets Mike carried books and pamphlets. He set traps
+in the woods and brought home rabbits and squirrels. He got together
+collections of birds' eggs which he sold to women in the trains that
+stopped at Coal Creek and when he caught birds he stuffed them, put
+beads in their eyesockets and sold them also. He proclaimed himself an
+anarchist and like Cracked McGregor muttered to himself as he hurried
+along.
+
+One day Beaut came upon Mike Hartnet reading a book as he sat on a log
+overlooking the town. A shock ran through McGregor when he looked over
+the shoulder of the man and saw what book he read. "It is strange," he
+thought, "that this fellow should stick to the same book that fat old
+Weeks makes his living by."
+
+Beaut sat on the log beside Hartnet and watched him. The reading man
+looked up and nodded nervously then slid along the log to the farther
+end. Beaut laughed. He looked down at the town and then at the
+frightened nervous book-reading man on the log. An inspiration came to
+him.
+
+"If you had the power, Mike, what would you do to Coal Creek?" he asked.
+
+The nervous man jumped and tears came into his eyes. He stood before
+the log and spread out his hands. "I would go among men like Christ," he
+cried, pitching his voice forward like one addressing an audience. "Poor
+and humble, I would go teaching them of love." Spreading out his hands
+like one pronouncing a benediction he shouted, "Oh men of Coal Creek, I
+would teach you love and the destruction of evil."
+
+Beaut jumped up from the log and strode before the trembling figure. He
+was strangely moved. Grasping the man he thrust him back upon the log.
+His own voice rolled down the hillside in a great roaring laugh. "Men of
+Coal Creek," he shouted, mimicking the earnestness of Hartnet, "listen
+to the voice of McGregor. I hate you. I hate you because you jeered at
+my father and at me and because you cheated my mother, Nance McGregor. I
+hate you because you are weak and disorganised like cattle. I would like
+to come among you teaching the power of force. I would like to slay you
+one by one, not with weapons but with my naked fists. If they have made
+you work like rats buried in a hole they are right. It is man's right to
+do what he can. Get up and fight. Fight and I'll get on the other side
+and you can fight me. I'll help drive you back into your holes."
+
+Beaut ceased speaking and jumping over the logs ran down the road. Among
+the first of the miner's houses he stopped and laughed awkwardly. "I
+am cracked also," he thought, "shouting at emptiness on a hillside."
+He went on in a reflective mood, wondering what power had taken hold of
+him. "I would like a fight--a fight against odds," he thought. "I will
+stir things up when I am a lawyer in the city."
+
+Mike Hartnet came running down the road at the heels of McGregor. "Don't
+tell," he plead trembling. "Don't tell about me in the town. They will
+laugh and call names after me. I want to be let alone."
+
+Beaut shook himself loose from the detaining hand and went on down the
+hill. When he had passed out of sight of Hartnet he sat down on the
+ground. For an hour he looked at the town in the valley and thought of
+himself. He was half proud, half ashamed of the thing that had happened.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In the blue eyes of McGregor anger flashed quick and sudden. Upon
+the streets of Coal Creek he walked, swinging along, his great body
+inspiring fear. His mother grown grave and silent worked in the offices
+of the mines. Again she had a habit of silence in her own home and
+looked at her son, half fearing him. All day she worked in the mine
+offices and in the evening sat silently in a chair on the porch before
+her house and looked down into Main Street.
+
+Beaut McGregor did nothing. He sat in the dingy little pool room and
+talked with the black-haired boy or walked over the hills swinging a
+stick in his hand and thinking of the city to which he would presently
+go to start his career. As he walked in the streets women stopped to
+look at him, thinking of the beauty and strength of his maturing body.
+The miners passed him in silence hating him and dreading his wrath.
+Walking among the hills he thought much of himself. "I am capable of
+anything," he thought, lifting his head and looking at the towering
+hills, "I wonder why I stay on here."
+
+When he was eighteen Beaut's mother fell ill. All day she lay on her
+back in bed in the room above the empty bakery. Beaut shook himself out
+of his waking stupor and went about seeking work. He had not felt that
+he was indolent. He had been waiting. Now he bestirred himself. "I'll
+not go into the mines," he said, "nothing shall get me down there."
+
+He got work in a livery stable cleaning and feeding the horses. His
+mother got out of bed and began going again to the mine offices. Having
+started to work Beaut stayed on, thinking it but a way station to the
+position he would one day achieve in the city.
+
+In the stable worked two young boys, sons of coal miners. They drove
+travelling men from the trains to farming towns in valleys back among
+the hills and in the evening with Beaut McGregor they sat on a bench
+before the barn and shouted at people going past the stable up the hill.
+
+The livery stable in Coal Creek was owned by a hunchback named Weller
+who lived in the city and went home at night. During the day he sat
+about the stable talking to red-haired McGregor. "You're a big beast,"
+he said laughing. "You talk about going away to the city and making
+something of yourself and still you stay on here doing nothing. You want
+to quit this talking about being a lawyer and become a prize fighter.
+Law is a place for brains not muscles." He walked through the stables
+leaning his head to one side and looking up at the big fellow who
+brushed the horses. McGregor watched him and grinned. "I'll show you,"
+he said.
+
+The hunchback was pleased when he strutted before McGregor. He had heard
+men talk of the strength and the evil temper of his stableman and it
+pleased him to have so fierce a fellow cleaning the horses. At night in
+the city he sat under the lamp with his wife and boasted. "I make him
+step about," he said.
+
+In the stable the hunchback kept at the heels of McGregor. "And there's
+something else," he said, putting his hand in his pockets and raising
+himself on his toes. "You look out for that undertaker's daughter. She
+wants you. If she gets you there will be no law study but a place in the
+mines for you. You let her alone and begin taking care of your mother."
+
+Beaut went on cleaning the horses and thinking of what the hunchback had
+said. He thought there was sense to it. He also was afraid of the tall
+pale girl. Sometimes when he looked at her a pain shot through him and
+a combination of fear and desire gripped him. He walked away from it
+and went free as he went free from the life in the darkness down in the
+mine. "He has a kind of genius for keeping away from the things he don't
+like," said the liveryman, talking to Uncle Charlie Wheeler in the sun
+before the door of the post office.
+
+One afternoon the two boys who worked in the livery stable with McGregor
+got him drunk. The affair was a rude joke, elaborately planned. The
+hunchback had stayed in the city for the day and no travelling men got
+off the trains to be driven over the hills. In the afternoon hay brought
+over the hill from the fruitful valley was being put into the loft of
+the barn and between loads McGregor and the two boys sat on the bench by
+the stable door. The two boys went to the saloon and brought back beer,
+paying for it from a fund kept for that purpose. The fund was the result
+of a system worked out by the two drivers. When a passenger gave one
+of them a coin at the end of a day of driving he put it into the common
+fund. When the fund had grown to some size the two went to the saloon
+and stood before the bar drinking until it was spent and then came back
+to sleep off their stupor on the hay in the barn. After a prosperous
+week the hunchback occasionally gave them a dollar for the fund.
+
+Of the beer McGregor drank but one foaming glass. For all his idling
+about Coal Creek he had never before tasted beer and it was strong and
+bitter in his mouth. He threw up his head and gulped it then turned and
+walked toward the rear of the stable to conceal the tears that the taste
+of the stuff had forced into his eyes.
+
+The two drivers sat on the bench and laughed. The drink they had given
+Beaut was a horrible mess concocted by the laughing bartender at their
+suggestion. "We will get the big fellow drunk and hear him roar," the
+bartender had said.
+
+As he walked toward the back of the stable a convulsive nausea seized
+Beaut. He stumbled and pitched forward, cutting his face on the floor.
+Then he rolled over on his back and groaned and a little stream of blood
+ran down his cheek.
+
+The two boys jumped up from the bench and ran toward him. They stood
+looking at his pale lips. Fear seized them. They tried to lift him but
+he fell from their arms and lay again on the stable floor, white and
+motionless. Filled with fright they ran from the stable and through Main
+Street. "We must get a doctor," they said as they hurried along, "He is
+mighty sick--that fellow."
+
+In the doorway leading to the rooms over the undertaker's shop stood the
+tall pale girl. One of the running boys stopped and addressed her, "Your
+red-head," he shouted, "is blind drunk lying on the stable floor. He has
+cut his head and is bleeding."
+
+The tall girl ran down the street to the offices of the mine. With Nance
+McGregor she hurried to the stable. The store keepers along Main Street
+looked out of their doors and saw the two women pale and with set faces
+half-carrying the huge form of Beaut McGregor along the street and in at
+the door of the bakery.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+At eight o'clock that evening Beaut McGregor, his legs still unsteady,
+his face white, climbed aboard a passenger train and passed out of
+the life of Coal Creek. On the seat beside him a bag contained all his
+clothes. In his pocket lay a ticket to Chicago and eighty-five dollars,
+the last of Cracked McGregor's savings. He looked out of the car window
+at the little woman thin and worn standing alone on the station platform
+and a great wave of anger passed through him. "I'll show them," he
+muttered. The woman looked at him and forced a smile to her lips. The
+train began to move into the west. Beaut looked at his mother and at the
+deserted streets of Coal Creek and put his head down upon his hands and
+in the crowded car before the gaping people wept with joy that he had
+seen the last of youth. He looked back at Coal Creek, full of hate. Like
+Nero he might have wished that all of the people of the town had but one
+head so that he might have cut it off with a sweep of a sword or knocked
+it into the gutter with one swinging blow.
+
+
+
+
+
+BOOK II
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+
+It was late in the summer of 1893 when McGregor came to Chicago, an ill
+time for boy or man in that city. The big exposition of the year before
+had brought multiplied thousands of restless labourers into the city
+and its leading citizens, who had clamoured for the exposition and had
+loudly talked of the great growth that was to come, did not know what to
+do with the growth now that it had come. The depression that followed
+on the heels of the great show and the financial panic that ran over the
+country in that year had set thousands of hungry men to wait dumbly on
+park benches poring over want advertisements in the daily papers and
+looking vacantly at the lake or had driven them to tramp aimlessly
+through the streets, filled with forebodings.
+
+In time of plenty a great American city like Chicago goes on showing a
+more or less cheerful face to the world while in nooks and crannies
+down side-streets and alleys poverty and misery sit hunched up in little
+ill-smelling rooms breeding vice. In times of depression these creatures
+crawl forth and joined by thousands of the unemployed tramp the streets
+through the long nights or sleep upon benches in the parks. In the
+alleyways off Madison Street on the West Side and off State Street,
+on the South Side, eager women driven by want sold their bodies to
+passersby for twenty-five cents. An advertisement in the newspapers of
+one unfilled job brought a thousand men to block the streets at daylight
+before a factory door. In the crowds men swore and knocked each other
+about. Working-men driven to desperation went forth into quiet streets
+and knocking over citizens took their money and watches and ran
+trembling into the darkness. A girl of Twenty-fourth Street was kicked
+and knocked into the gutter because when attacked by thieves she had but
+thirty-five cents in her purse. A professor of the University of Chicago
+addressing his class said that, having looked into the hungry distorted
+faces of five hundred men clamouring for a position as dishwasher in
+a cheap restaurant, he was ready to pronounce all claims to social
+advancement in America a figment in the brains of optimistic fools.
+A tall awkward man walking up State Street threw a stone through the
+window of a store. A policeman hustled him through the crowd. "You'll
+get a workhouse sentence for this," he said.
+
+"You fool that's what I want. I want to make property that won't employ
+me feed me," said the tall gaunt man who, trained in the cleaner and
+more wholesome poverty of the frontier, might have been a Lincoln
+suffering for mankind.
+
+Into this maelstrom of misery and grim desperate want walked Beaut
+McGregor of Coal Creek--huge, graceless of body, indolent of mind,
+untrained, uneducated, hating the world. Within two days he had snatched
+before the very eyes of that hungry marching army three prizes, three
+places where a man might by working all day get clothes to wear upon his
+back and food to put into his stomach.
+
+In a way McGregor had already sensed something the realisation of which
+will go far toward making any man a strong figure in the world. He was
+not to be bullied with words. Orators might have preached to him all day
+about the progress of mankind in America, flags might have been flapped
+and newspapers might have dinned the wonders of his country into his
+brain. He would only have shaken his big head. He did not yet know
+the whole story of how men, coming out of Europe and given millions of
+square miles of black fertile land mines and forests, have failed in the
+challenge given them by fate and have produced out of the stately order
+of nature only the sordid disorder of man. McGregor did not know the
+fullness of the tragic story of his race. He only knew that the men he
+had seen were for the most part pigmies. On the train coming to Chicago
+a change had come over him. The hatred of Coal Creek that burned in him
+had set fire to something else. He sat looking out of the car window at
+the stations running past during the night and the following day at
+the cornfields of Indiana, making his plans. In Chicago he meant to do
+something. Coming from a community where no man arose above a condition
+of silent brute labour he meant to step up into the light of power.
+Filled with hatred and contempt of mankind he meant that mankind should
+serve him. Raised among men who were but men he meant to be a master.
+
+And his equipment was better than he knew. In a disorderly haphazard
+world hatred is as effective an impulse to drive men forward to success
+as love and high hope. It is a world-old impulse sleeping in the heart
+of man since the day of Cain. In a way it rings true and strong above
+the hideous jangle of modern life. Inspiring fear it usurps power.
+
+McGregor was without fear. He had not yet met his master and looked with
+contempt upon the men and women he had known. Without knowing it he had,
+besides a huge body hard as adamant, a clear and lucid brain. The fact
+that he hated Coal Creek and thought it horrible proved his keenness. It
+was horrible. Well might Chicago have trembled and rich men strolling in
+the evening along Michigan Boulevard have looked fearfully about as this
+huge red fellow, carrying the cheap handbag and staring with his blue
+eyes at the restless moving mobs of people, walked for the first time
+through its streets. In his very frame there was the possibility of
+something, a blow, a shock, a thrust out of the lean soul of strength
+into the jelly-like fleshiness of weakness.
+
+In the world of men nothing is so rare as a knowledge of men. Christ
+himself found the merchants hawking their wares even on the floor of
+the temple and in his naive youth was stirred to wrath and drove them
+through the door like flies. And history has represented him in turn
+as a man of peace so that after these centuries the temples are
+again supported by the hawking of wares and his fine boyish wrath is
+forgotten. In France after the great revolution and the babbling of many
+voices talking of the brotherhood of man it wanted but a short and very
+determined man with an instinctive knowledge of drums, of cannons and of
+stirring words to send the same babblers screaming across open spaces,
+stumbling through ditches and pitching headlong into the arms of death.
+In the interest of one who believed not at all in the brotherhood of man
+they who had wept at the mention of the word brotherhood died fighting
+brothers.
+
+In the heart of all men lies sleeping the love of order. How to achieve
+order out of our strange jumble of forms, out of democracies and
+monarchies, dreams and endeavours is the riddle of the Universe and the
+thing that in the artist is called the passion for form and for which
+he also will laugh in the face of death is in all men. By grasping that
+fact Caesar, Alexander, Napoleon and our own Grant have made heroes
+of the dullest clods that walk and not a man of all the thousands who
+marched with Sherman to the sea but lived the rest of his life with a
+something sweeter, braver and finer sleeping in his soul than will ever
+be produced by the reformer scolding of brotherhood from a soap-box. The
+long march, the burning of the throat and the stinging of the dust in
+the nostrils, the touch of shoulder against shoulder, the quick bond of
+a common, unquestioned, instinctive passion that bursts in the orgasm
+of battle, the forgetting of words and the doing of the thing, be it
+winning battles or destroying ugliness, the passionate massing of men
+for accomplishment--these are the signs, if they ever awake in our land,
+by which you may know you have come to the days of the making of men.
+
+In Chicago in 1893 and in the men who went aimlessly seeking work in the
+streets of Chicago in that year there were none of these signs. Like
+the coal mining town from which Beaut McGregor had come, the city lay
+sprawling and ineffective before him, a tawdry disorderly dwelling for
+millions of men, built not for the making of men but for the making of
+millions by a few odd meat-packers and drygoods merchants.
+
+With a slight lifting of his great shoulders McGregor sensed these
+things although he could not have expressed his sense of them and the
+hatred and contempt of men, born of his youth in the mining town, was
+rekindled by the sight of city men wandering afraid and bewildered
+through the streets of their own city.
+
+Knowing nothing of the customs of the unemployed McGregor did not walk
+the streets looking for signs marked "Men Wanted." He did not sit on
+park benches studying want advertisements, the want advertisements that
+so often proved but bait put out by suave men up dirty stairways to
+glean the last few pennies from pockets of the needy. Going along the
+street he swung his great body through the doorways leading to the
+offices of factories. When some pert young man tried to stop him he
+did not say words but drew back his fist threateningly and, glowering,
+walked in. The young men at the doors of factories looked at his blue
+eyes and let him pass unchallenged.
+
+In the afternoon of his first day of seeking Beaut got a place in an
+apple warehouse on the North Side, the third place offered him during
+the day and the one that he accepted. The chance came to him through an
+exhibition of strength. Two men, old and bent, struggled to get a barrel
+of apples from the sidewalk up to a platform that ran waist high along
+the front of the warehouse. The barrel had rolled to the sidewalk from
+a truck standing in the gutter. The driver of the truck stood with his
+hands on his hips, laughing. A German with blond hair stood upon the
+platform swearing in broken English. McGregor stood upon the sidewalk
+and looked at the two men who were struggling with the barrel. A feeling
+of immense contempt for their feebleness shone in his eyes. Pushing them
+aside he grasped the barrel and with a great heave sent it up onto the
+platform and spinning through an open doorway into the receiving room of
+the warehouse. The two workmen stood on the sidewalk smiling sheepishly.
+Across the street a group of city firemen who lounged in the sun
+before an engine house clapped their hands. The truck driver turned and
+prepared to send another barrel along the plank extending from the truck
+across the sidewalk to the warehouse platform. At a window in the upper
+part of the warehouse a grey head protruded and a sharp voice called
+down to the tall German. "Hey Frank, hire that 'husky' and let about six
+of the dead ones you've got around here go home."
+
+McGregor jumped upon the platform and walked in at the warehouse door.
+The German followed, inventorying the size of the red-haired giant
+with something like disapproval. His look seemed to say, "I like strong
+fellows but you're too strong." He took the discomfiture of the two
+feeble workmen on the sidewalk as in some way reflecting upon himself.
+The two men stood in the receiving room and looked at each other. A
+bystander might have thought them preparing to fight.
+
+And then a freight elevator came slowly down from the upper part of the
+warehouse and from it jumped a small grey-haired man with a yard stick
+in his hand. He had a sharp restless eye and a short stubby grey beard.
+Striking the floor with a bound he began to talk. "We pay two dollars
+for nine hours' work here--begin at seven, quit at five. Will you come?"
+Without waiting for an answer he turned to the German. "Tell those two
+old 'rummies' to get their time and get out of here," he said, turning
+again and looking expectantly at McGregor.
+
+McGregor liked the quick little man and grinned with approval of his
+decisiveness. He nodded his assent to the proposal and, looking at the
+German, laughed. The little man disappeared through a door leading to
+an office and McGregor walked out into the street. At a corner he turned
+and saw the German standing on the platform before the warehouse looking
+after him. "He is wondering whether or not he can whip me," thought
+McGregor.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In the apple warehouse McGregor worked for three years, rising during
+his second year to be foreman and replacing the tall German. The German
+expected trouble with McGregor and was determined to make short work
+of him. He had been offended by the action of the gray-haired
+superintendent in hiring the man and felt that a prerogative belonging
+to himself had been ignored. All day he followed McGregor with his eyes,
+trying to calculate the strength and courage in the huge body. He knew
+that hundreds of hungry men walked the streets and in the end decided
+that the need of work if not the spirit of the man would make him
+submissive. During the second week he put the question that burned in
+his brain to the test. He followed McGregor into a dimly-lighted upper
+room where barrels of apples, piled to the ceiling, left only narrow
+ways for passage. Standing in the semi-darkness he shouted, calling the
+man who worked among the apple barrels a foul name, "I won't have you
+loafing in there, you red-haired bastard," he shouted.
+
+McGregor said nothing. He was not offended by the vileness of the name
+the German had called him and took it merely as a challenge that he had
+been expecting and that he meant to accept. With a grim smile on his
+lips he walked toward the German and when but one apple barrel lay
+between them reached across and dragged the foreman sputtering and
+swearing down the passageway to a window at the end of the room. By the
+window he stopped and putting his hand to the throat of the struggling
+man began to choke him into submission. Blows fell on his face and body.
+Struggling terribly the German kicked McGregor's legs with desperate
+energy. Although his ears rang with the hammer-like blows that fell
+about his neck and cheeks McGregor stool silent under the storm. His
+blue eyes gleamed with hatred and the muscles of his great arms danced
+in the light from the window. As he looked into the protruding eyes of
+the writhing German he thought of fat Reverend Minot Weeks of Coal
+Creek and added an extra twitch to the flesh between his fingers. When a
+gesture of submission came from the man against the wall he stepped back
+and let go his grip. The German dropped to the floor. Standing over
+him McGregor delivered his ultimatum. "You report this or try to get me
+fired and I'll kill you outright," he said. "I'm going to stay here on
+this job until I get ready to leave it. You can tell me what to do
+and how to do it but when you speak to me again say 'McGregor'--Mr.
+McGregor, that's my name."
+
+The German got to his feet and began walking down the passageway between
+the rows of piled barrels. As he went he helped himself along with his
+hands. McGregor went back to work. After the retreating form of the
+German he shouted, "Get a new place when you can Dutch, I'll be taking
+this job away from you when I'm ready for it."
+
+That evening as McGregor walked to the car he saw the little grey-haired
+superintendent standing waiting for him before a saloon. The man made a
+sign and McGregor walked across and stood beside him. They went together
+into the saloon and stood leaning against the bar and looked at each
+other. A smile played about the lips of the little man. "What have you
+been doing to Frank?" he asked.
+
+McGregor turned to the bartender who stood waiting before him. He
+thought that the superintendent intended to try to patronise him by
+buying him a drink and he did not like the thought. "What will you
+have? I'll take a cigar for mine," he said quickly, defeating the
+superintendent's plan by being the first to speak. When the bartender
+brought the cigars McGregor paid for them and walked out at the door.
+He felt like one playing a game. "If Frank meant to bully me into
+submission this man also means something."
+
+On the sidewalk before the saloon McGregor stopped. "Look here," he
+said, turning and facing the superintendent, "I'm after Frank's place.
+I'm going to learn the business as fast as I can. I won't put it up to
+you to fire him. When I get ready for the place he won't be there."
+
+A light flashed into the eyes of the little man. He held the cigar
+McGregor had paid for as though about to throw it into the street. "How
+far do you think you can go with your big fists?" he asked, his voice
+rising.
+
+McGregor smiled. He thought he had earned another victory and lighting
+his cigar held the burning match before the little man. "Brains are
+intended to help fists," he said, "I've got both."
+
+The superintendent looked at the burning match and at the cigar between
+his fingers. "If I don't which will you use on me?" he asked.
+
+McGregor threw the match into the street. "Aw! don't bother asking," he
+said, holding out another match.
+
+McGregor and the superintendent walked along the street. "I would like
+to fire you but I won't. Some day you'll run that warehouse like a
+clock," said the superintendent.
+
+McGregor sat in the street-car and thought of his day. It had been he
+felt a day of two battles. First the direct brutal battle of fists in
+the passageway and then this other battle with the superintendent. He
+thought he had won both fights. Of the fight with the tall German he
+thought little. He had expected to win that. The other was different.
+The superintendent he felt had wanted to patronise him, patting him
+on the back and buying him drinks. Instead he had patronised the
+superintendent. A battle had gone on in the brains of the two men and he
+had won. He had met a new kind of man, one who did not live by the raw
+strength of his muscles and he had given a good account of himself. The
+conviction that he had, besides a good pair of fists, a good brain
+swept in on him glorifying him. He thought of the sentence, "Brains are
+intended to help fists," and wondered how he had happened to think of
+it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+
+The street in which McGregor lived in Chicago was called Wycliff Place,
+after a family of that name that had once owned the land thereabout. The
+street was complete in its hideousness. Nothing more unlovely could
+be imagined. Given a free hand an indiscriminate lot of badly trained
+carpenters and bricklayers had builded houses beside the cobblestone
+road that touched the fantastic in their unsightliness and
+inconvenience.
+
+The great west side of Chicago has hundreds of such streets and the coal
+mining town out of which McGregor had come was more inspiring as a place
+in which to live. As an unemployed young man, not much given to chance
+companionships, Beaut had spent many long evenings wandering alone
+on the hillsides above his home town. There was a kind of dreadful
+loveliness about the place at night. The long black valley with
+its dense shroud of smoke that rose and fell and formed itself into
+fantastic shapes in the moonlight, the poor little houses clinging to
+the hillside, the occasional cry of a woman being beaten by a drunken
+husband, the glare of the coke fires and the rumble of coal cars being
+pushed along the railroad tracks, all of these made a grim and rather
+inspiring impression on the young man's mind so that although he hated
+the mines and the miners he sometimes paused in his night wanderings
+and stood with his great shoulders lifted, breathing deeply and feeling
+things he had no words in him to express.
+
+In Wycliff Place McGregor got no such reactions. Foul dust filled the
+air. All day the street rumbled and roared under the wheels of trucks
+and light hurrying delivery wagons. Soot from the factory chimneys was
+caught up by the wind and having been mixed with powdered horse manure
+from the roadway flew into the eyes and the nostrils of pedestrians.
+Always a babble of voices went on. At a corner saloon teamsters stopped
+to have their drinking cans filled with beer and stood about swearing
+and shouting. In the evening women and children went back and forth from
+their houses carrying beer in pitchers from the same saloon. Dogs howled
+and fought, drunken men reeled along the sidewalk and the women of the
+town appeared in their cheap finery and paraded before the idlers about
+the saloon door.
+
+The woman who rented the room to McGregor boasted to him of Wycliff
+blood. It was that she told him that had brought her to Chicago from her
+home at Cairo, Illinois. "The place was left to me and not knowing what
+else to do with it I came here to live," she said. She explained to
+him that the Wycliffs had been people of note in the early history of
+Chicago. The huge old house with the cracked stone steps and the ROOMS
+TO RENT sign in the window had once been their family seat.
+
+The history of this woman was characteristic of the miss-fire quality of
+much of American life. She was at bottom a wholesome creature who should
+have lived in a neat frame house in a village and tended a garden. On
+Sunday she should have dressed herself with care and gone off to sit in
+a country church with her hands crossed and her soul at rest.
+
+The thought of owning a house in the city had however paralysed her
+brain. The house itself was worth a certain number of thousands of
+dollars and her mind could not rise above that fact, so her good broad
+face had become grimy with city dirt and her body weary from the endless
+toil of caring for roomers. On summer evenings she sat on the steps
+before her house clad in some bit of Wycliff finery taken from a trunk
+in the attic and when a lodger came out at the door she looked at him
+wistfully and said, "On such a night as this you could hear the whistles
+on the river steamers in Cairo."
+
+McGregor lived in a small room at the end of a tall on the second floor
+of the Wycliff house. The windows of the room looked down into a
+dirty little court almost surrounded by brick warehouses. The room was
+furnished with a bed, a chair that was always threatening to come to
+pieces and a desk with weak carved legs.
+
+In this room sat McGregor night after night striving to realise his Coal
+Creek dream of training his mind and making himself of some account in
+the world. From seven-thirty until nine-thirty he sat at a desk in a
+night school. From ten until midnight he read in his room. He did not
+think of his surroundings, of the vast disorder of life about him, but
+tried with all his strength to bring something like order and purpose
+into his own mind and his own life.
+
+In the little court under the window lay heaps of discarded newspaper
+tossed about by the wind. There in the heart of the city, walled in by
+the brick warehouse and half concealed under piles of chair legs cans
+and broken bottles, lay two logs in their time no doubt, a part of the
+grove that once lay about the house. The neighbourhood had passed so
+rapidly from country estate to homes and from homes to rented lodgings
+and huge brick warehouses that the marks of the lumberman's axe still
+showed in the butts of the logs.
+
+McGregor seldom saw the little court except when its ugliness was
+refined and glossed over by darkness or by the moonlight. On hot
+evenings he laid down his book and leaning far out of the window rubbed
+his eyes and watched the discarded newspapers, worried by the whirlpools
+of wind in the court, run here and there, dashing against the warehouse
+walls and vainly trying to escape over the roof. The sight fascinated
+him and brought a thought into his mind. He began to think that the
+lives of most of the people about him were much like the dirty newspaper
+harried by adverse winds and surrounded by ugly walls of facts. The
+thought drove him from the window to renewed effort among his books.
+"I'll do something here anyway. I'll show them," he growled.
+
+One living in the house with McGregor during those first years in the
+city might have thought his life stupid and commonplace but to him
+it did not seem so. It was for the miner's son a time of sudden and
+tremendous growth. Filled with confidence in the strength and quickness
+of his body he was beginning to have also confidence in the vigour and
+clearness of his brain. In the warehouse he went about with eyes and
+ears open, devising in his mind new methods of moving goods, watching
+the men at work, marking the shirkers, preparing to pounce upon the tall
+German's place as foreman.
+
+The superintendent of the warehouse, not understanding the turn of the
+talk with McGregor on the sidewalk before the saloon, decided to
+like him and laughed when they met in the warehouse. The tall German
+maintained a policy of sullen silence and went to laborious lengths to
+avoid addressing him.
+
+In his room at night McGregor began to read law, reading each page over
+and over and thinking of what he had read through the next day as he
+rolled and piled apple barrels in the passages in the warehouse.
+
+McGregor had an aptitude and an appetite for facts. He read law as
+another and gentler nature might have read poetry or old legends. What
+he read at night he remembered and thought about during the day. He had
+no dream of the glories of the law. The fact that these rules laid down
+by men to govern their social organisation were the result of ages of
+striving toward perfection did not greatly interest him and he only
+thought of them as weapons with which to attack and defend in the battle
+of brains he meant presently to fight. His mind gloated in anticipation
+of the battle.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+
+And then a new element asserted itself in the life of McGregor. One
+of the hundreds of disintegrating forces that attack strong natures,
+striving to scatter their force in the back currents of life, attacked
+him. His big body began to feel with enervating persistency the call of
+sex.
+
+In the house in Wycliff Place McGregor passed as a mystery. By keeping
+silence he won a reputation for wisdom. The clerks in the hall bedrooms
+thought him a scientist. The woman from Cairo thought him a theological
+student. Down the hall a pretty girl with large black eyes who worked
+in a department store down town dreamed of him at night. When in the
+evening he banged the door to his room and strode down the hallway going
+to the night school she sat in a chair by the open door of her room. As
+he passed she raised her eyes and looked at him boldly. When he returned
+she was again by the door and again she looked boldly at him.
+
+In his room, after the meetings with the black-eyed girl McGregor found
+difficulty in keeping his mind on the reading. He felt as he had felt
+with the pale girl on the hillside beyond Coal Creek. With her as with
+the pale girl he felt the need of defending himself. He began to make it
+a practice to hurry along past her door.
+
+The girl in the hall bedroom thought constantly of McGregor. When he had
+gone to night school another young man of the house who wore a Panama
+hat came from the floor above and, putting his hands on the door frames
+of her room, stood looking at her and talking. In his lips he held
+a cigarette, which when he talked hung limply from the corner of his
+mouth.
+
+This young man and the black-eyed girl kept up a continuous stream of
+comments on the doings of red-haired McGregor. Begun by the young man,
+who hated him because of his silence, the subject was kept alive by the
+girl who wanted to talk of McGregor.
+
+On Saturday nights the young man and the girl sometimes went together to
+the theatre. One night in the summer when they had returned to the
+front of the house the girl stopped. "Let's see what the big red-head is
+doing," she said.
+
+Going around the block they stole in the darkness down an alleyway and
+stood in the little dirty court looking up at McGregor who, with his
+feet in the window and a lamp burning at his shoulder, sat in his room
+reading.
+
+When they returned to the front of the house the black-eyed girl kissed
+the young man, closing her eyes and thinking of McGregor. In her room
+later she lay abed dreaming. She imagined herself assaulted by the young
+man who had crept into her room and that McGregor had come roaring down
+the hall to snatch him away and fling him outside the door.
+
+At the end of the hallway near the stairway leading to the street lived
+a barber. He had deserted a wife and four children in a town in Ohio
+and to prevent recognition had grown a black beard. Between this man and
+McGregor a companionship had sprung up and they went together on Sunday
+mornings to walk in the park. The black bearded man called himself Frank
+Turner.
+
+Frank Turner had a passion. Through the evenings and on Sunday
+afternoons he sat in his room making violins. He worked with a knife,
+glue, pieces of glass and sand paper and spent his earnings for
+ingredients for the making of varnishes. When he got hold of a piece of
+wood that seemed an answer to his prayers he took it to McGregor's
+room and holding it up to the light talked of what he would do with it.
+Sometimes he brought a violin and sitting in the open window tested the
+quality of its tone. One evening he took an hour of McGregor's time to
+talk of the varnish of Cremona and to read to him from a worn little
+book concerning the old Italian masters of violin making.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+On a bench in the park sat Turner, the maker of violins, the man
+who dreamed of the rediscovery of the varnish of Cremona, talking to
+McGregor, son of the Pennsylvania miner.
+
+It was a Sunday afternoon and the park was vibrant with life. All day
+the street cars had been unloading Chicagoans at the park entrance.
+They came in pairs and in parties, young men with their sweethearts and
+fathers with families at their heels. Now at the end of the day they
+continued to come, a steady stream of humanity flowing along the gravel
+walk past the bench where the two men sat in talk. Through the stream
+and crossing it went another stream homeward bound. Babies cried.
+Fathers called to the children at play on the grass. Cars coming to the
+park filled went away filled.
+
+McGregor looked about him and thought of himself and of the restless
+moving people. In him there was none of that vague fear of the multitude
+common to many solitary souls. His contempt of men and of the lives
+lived by men reinforced his native boldness. The odd little rounding of
+the shoulders of even the athletic young men made him straighten with
+pride his own shoulders and fat and lean, tall and short, he thought of
+all men as counters in some vast games at which he was presently to be a
+master player.
+
+The passion for form, that strange intuitive power that many men have
+felt and none but the masters of human life have understood, had begun
+to awaken in him. Already he had begun to sense out the fact that for
+him law was but an incident in some vast design and he was altogether
+untouched by the desire for getting on in the world, by the greedy
+little snatching at trifles that was the whole purpose of the lives of
+so many of the people about him. When somewhere in the park a band began
+to play he nodded his head up and down and ran his hand nervously up and
+down the legs of his trousers. Into his mind came the desire to boast
+to the barber, telling of the things he meant to do in the world, but
+he put the desire away. Instead he sat silently blinking his eyes and
+wondering at the persistent air of ineffectiveness in the people who
+passed. When a band went by playing march music and followed by
+some fifty men wearing white plumes in their hats and walking with
+self-conscious awkwardness, he was startled. Among the people he thought
+there was a change. Something like a running shadow passed over them.
+The babbling of voices ceased and like himself the people began to nod
+their heads. A thought, gigantic in its simplicity, began to come
+into his mind but was wiped out immediately by his impatience with the
+marchers. A madness to spring up and run among them knocking them about
+and making them march with the power that comes of abandonment almost
+lifted him from the bench. His mouth twitched and his fingers ached for
+action.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In and out among the trees and on the green spaces moved the people.
+Along the shores of a pond sat men and women eating the evening meal
+from baskets or from white cloths spread on the grass. They laughed and
+shouted at each other and at the children, calling them back from the
+gravel driveways filled with moving carriages. Beaut saw a girl throw an
+egg shell and hit a young fellow between the eyes, and then run laughing
+away along the shore of the pond. Under a tree a woman nursed a babe,
+covering her breasts with a shawl so that just the black head of the
+babe showed. Its tiny hand clutched at the mouth of the woman. In an
+open space in the shadow of a building young men played baseball, the
+shouts of the spectators rising above the murmur of the voices of people
+on the gravel walk.
+
+A thought came into McGregor's mind that he wanted to discuss with the
+older man. He was moved by the sight of women about and shook himself
+like one awakening from a dream. Then he began looking at the ground and
+kicking up the gravel with his foot. "Look here," he said, turning to
+the barber, "what is a man to do about women, about getting what he
+wants from the women?"
+
+The barber seemed to understand. "It has come to that then?" he asked
+and looked quickly up. He lighted a pipe and sat looking at the people.
+It was then he told McGregor of the wife and four children in the Ohio
+town, describing the little brick house and the garden and the coop
+for chickens at the back like one who lingers over a place dear to his
+fancy. Something old and weary was in his voice as he finished.
+
+"It wasn't a matter for me to decide," he said. "I came away because
+I couldn't do anything else. I'm not excusing myself, I'm just telling
+you. There was something messy and disorderly about it all, about my
+life with her and with them. I couldn't stand it. I felt myself being
+submerged by something. I wanted to be orderly and to work, you see.
+I couldn't let violin making alone. Lord, how I tried--tried bluffing
+myself about it--calling it a fad."
+
+The barber looked nervously at McGregor to reassure himself of his
+interest. "I owned a shop on the main street of our town. Back of it
+was a blacksmith shop. During the day I stood by the chair in my shop
+talking to men being shaved about the love of women and a man's duty to
+his family. Summer afternoons I went and sat on a keg in the blacksmith
+shop and talked of the same thing with the smith but all that did me no
+good.
+
+"When I let myself go I dreamed not of my duty to my family but of
+working undisturbed as I do now here in the city in my room in the
+evenings and on Sundays."
+
+A sharpness came into the voice of the speaker. He turned to McGregor
+and talked vigorously like one making a defence. "My woman was a good
+enough sort," he said. "I suppose loving is an art like writing a book
+or drawing pictures or making violins. People try to do it and don't
+succeed. In the end we threw the job up and just lived together like
+most people do. Our lives got mussy and meaningless. That's how it was.
+
+"Before she married me my wife had been a stenographer in a factory that
+made tin cans. She liked that work. She could make her fingers dance
+along the keys. When she read a book at home she didn't think the writer
+amounted to much if he made mistakes about punctuation. Her boss was so
+proud of her that he would brag of her work to visitors and sometimes
+would go off fishing leaving the running of the business in her hands.
+
+"I don't know why she married me. She was happier there and she is
+happier back there now. We got to walking together on Sunday evenings
+and standing under the trees on side streets, kissing and looking at
+each other. We talked about a lot of things. We seemed to need each
+other. Then we got married and started living together.
+
+"It didn't work out. After we had been married a few years things
+changed. I don't know why. I thought I was the same as I had been and I
+think she was. We used to sit around quarrelling about it, each blaming
+the other. Anyway we didn't get along.
+
+"We would sit on the little front porch of our house in the evening, she
+bragging of the work she had done in the can factory and I dreaming of
+quietude and a chance to work on the violins. I thought I knew a way
+to increase the quality and beauty of tone and I had that idea about
+varnish I have talked to you about. I even dreamed of doing things those
+old fellows of Cremona didn't do.
+
+"When she had been talking of her work in the office for maybe a half
+hour she would look up and find that I hadn't been listening. We would
+quarrel. We even quarrelled before the children after they came. Once
+she said that she didn't see how it would matter if no violins had ever
+been made and that night I dreamed of choking her in bed. I woke up
+and lay there beside her thinking of it with something like real
+satisfaction in just the thought that one long hard grip of my fingers
+would get her out of my way for good.
+
+"We didn't always feel that way. Every little while a change would come
+over both of us and we would begin to take an interest in each other. I
+would be proud of the work she had done in the factory and would brag of
+it to men coming into the shop. In the evening she would be sympathetic
+about the violins and put the baby to bed to let me alone at my work in
+the kitchen.
+
+"Then we would begin to sit in the darkness in the house and hold each
+other's hands. We would forgive things that had been said and play a
+sort of game, chasing each other about the room in the darkness and
+knocking against the chairs and laughing. Then we would begin to look at
+each other and kiss. Presently there would be another baby."
+
+The barber threw up his hands with a gesture of impatience. His voice
+lost its softer, reminiscent quality. "Such times didn't last," he said.
+"On the whole it was no life to live. I came away. The children are in
+a state institution and she has gone back to her work in the office. The
+town hates me. They have made a heroine of her. I'm here talking to you
+with these whiskers on my face so that people from my town wouldn't
+know me if they came along. I'm a barber and I would shave them off fast
+enough if it wasn't for that."
+
+A woman walking past looked back at McGregor. In her eyes lurked
+an invitation. It reminded him of something in the eyes of the pale
+daughter of the undertaker of Coal Creek. An uneasy tremor ran through
+him. "What do you do about women now?" he asked.
+
+The voice of the smaller man arose harsh and excited in the evening air.
+"I get the feeling taken out of me as a man would have a tooth fixed,"
+he said. "I pay money for the service and keep my mind on what I want
+to do. There are plenty of women for that, women who are good for that
+only. When I first came here I used to wander about at night, wanting
+to go to my room and work but with my mind and my will paralysed by
+that feeling. I don't do that now and I won't again. What I do many men
+do--good men--men who do good work. What's the use thinking about it
+when you only run against a stone wall and get hurt?"
+
+The black bearded man arose, thrust his hands into his trousers pockets
+and looked about him. Then he sat down again. He seemed to be filled
+with suppressed excitement. "There is a big hidden something going on in
+modern life," he said, talking rapidly and excitedly. "It used to touch
+only the men higher up, now it reaches down to men like me--barbers and
+workingmen. Men know about it but don't talk and don't dare think. Their
+women have changed. Women used to be willing to do anything for men,
+just be slaves to them. The best men don't ask that now and don't want
+that."
+
+He jumped to his feet and stood over McGregor. "Men don't understand
+what's going on and don't care," he said. "They are too busy getting
+things done or going to ball games or quarrelling about politics.
+
+"And what do they know about it if they are fools enough to think?
+They get thrown into false notions. They see about them a lot of
+fine purposeful women maybe caring for their children and they blame
+themselves for their vices and are ashamed. Then they turn to the other
+women anyway, shutting their eyes and going ahead. They pay for what
+they want as they would pay for a dinner, thinking no more of the women
+who serve them than they do of the waitresses who serve them in the
+restaurants. They refuse to think of the new kind of woman that is
+growing up. They know that if they get sentimental about her they'll
+get into trouble or get new tests put to them, be disturbed you see,
+and spoil their work or their peace of mind. They don't want to get into
+trouble or be disturbed. They want to get a better job or enjoy a ball
+game or build a bridge or write a book. They think that a man who gets
+sentimental about any woman is a fool and of course he is."
+
+"Do you mean that all of them do that?" asked McGregor. He wasn't upset
+by what had been said. It struck him as being true. For himself he was
+afraid of women. It seemed to him that a road was being built by his
+companion along which he might travel with safety. He wanted the man
+to go on talking. Into his brain flashed the thought that if he had
+the thing to do over there would have been a different ending to the
+afternoon spent with the pale girl on the hillside.
+
+The barber sat down upon the bench. The flush out of his cheeks. "Well
+I have done pretty well myself," he said, "but then you know I make
+violins and don't think of women. I've been in Chicago two years and
+I've spent just eleven dollars. I would like to know what the average
+man spends. I wish some fellow would get the facts and publish them. It
+would make people sit up. There must be millions spent here every year."
+
+"You see I'm not very strong and I stand all day on my feet in the
+barber shop." He looked at McGregor and laughed. "The black-eyed girl
+in the hall is after you," he said. "You'd better look out. You let her
+alone. Stick to your law books. You are not like me. You are big and red
+and strong. Eleven dollars won't pay your way here in Chicago for no two
+years."
+
+McGregor looked again at the people moving toward the park entrance in
+the gathering darkness. He thought it wonderful that a brain could
+think a thing out so clearly and words express thoughts so lucidly. His
+eagerness to follow the passing girls with his eyes was gone. He was
+interested in the older man's viewpoint. "And what about children?" he
+asked.
+
+The older man sat sideways on the bench. There was a troubled look in
+his eyes and a suppressed eager quality in his voice. "I'm going to tell
+you about that," he said. "I don't want to keep anything back.
+
+"Look here!" he demanded, sliding along the bench toward McGregor and
+emphasising his points by slapping one hand down upon the other. "Ain't
+all children my children?" He paused, trying to gather his scattered
+thoughts into words. When McGregor started to speak he put his hand up
+as though to ward off a new thought or another question. "I'm not trying
+to dodge," he said. "I'm trying to get thoughts that have been in my
+head day after day in shape to tell. I haven't tried to express them
+before. I know men and women cling to their children. It's the only
+thing they have left of the dream they had before they married. I felt
+that way. It held me for a long time. It would be holding me now only
+that the violins pulled so hard at me."
+
+He threw up his hand impatiently. "You see I had to find an answer. I
+couldn't think of being a skunk--running away--and I couldn't stay. I
+wasn't intended to stay. Some men are intended to work and take care of
+children and serve women perhaps but others have to keep trying for a
+vague something all their lives--like me trying for a tone on a violin.
+If they don't get it it doesn't matter, they have to keep trying.
+
+"My wife used to say I'd get tired of it. No woman ever really
+understands a man caring for anything except herself. I knocked that out
+of her."
+
+The little man looked up at McGregor. "Do you think I'm a skunk?" he
+asked.
+
+McGregor looked at him gravely. "I don't know," he said. "Go on and tell
+me about the children."
+
+"I said they were the last things to cling to. They are. We used to have
+religion. But that's pretty well gone now--the old kind. Now men think
+about children, I mean a certain kind of men--the ones that have work
+they want to get on with. Children and work are the only things that
+kind care about. If they have a sentiment about women it's only about
+their own--the one they have in the house with them. They want to keep
+that one finer than they are themselves. So they work the other feeling
+out on the paid women.
+
+"Women fuss about men loving children. Much they care. It's only a plan
+for demanding adulation for themselves that they don't earn. Once, when
+I first came to the city, I took a place as servant in a wealthy family.
+I wanted to stay under cover until my beard grew. Women used to come
+there to receptions and to meetings in the afternoon to talk about
+reforms they were interested in----Bah! They work and scheme trying to
+get at men. They are at it all their lives, flattering, diverting us,
+giving us false ideas, pretending to be weak and uncertain when they are
+strong and determined. They have no mercy. They wage war on us trying
+to make us slaves. They want to take us captive home to their houses as
+Caesar took captives home to Rome.
+
+"You look here!" He jumped to his feet again and shook his fingers at
+McGregor. "You just try something. You try being open and frank and
+square with a woman--any woman--as you would with a man. Let her live
+her own life and ask her to let you live yours. You try it. She won't.
+She will die first."
+
+He sat down again upon the bench and shook his head back and forth.
+"Lord how I wish I could talk!" he said. "I'm making a muddle of this
+and I wanted to tell you. Oh, how I wanted to tell you! It's part of my
+idea that a man should tell a boy all he knows. We've got to quit lying
+to them."
+
+McGregor looked at the ground. He was profoundly and deeply moved and
+interested as he had never before been moved by anything but hate.
+
+Two women coming along the gravel walk stopped under a tree and looked
+back. The barber smiled and raised his hat. When they smiled back at him
+he rose and started toward them. "Come on boy," he whispered behind his
+hand to McGregor. "Let's get them."
+
+When McGregor looked up the scene before his eyes infuriated him. The
+smiling barber with his hat in his hand, the two women waiting under
+the tree, the look of half-guilty innocence on the faces of all of them,
+stirred a blind fury in his brain. He sprang forward, clutching the
+shoulder of Turner with his hand. Whirling him about he threw him to his
+hands and knees. "Get out of here you females!" he roared at the women
+who ran off in terror down the walk.
+
+The barber sat again upon the bench beside McGregor. He rubbed his hands
+together to brush the bits of gravel out of the flesh. "What's got wrong
+with you?" he asked.
+
+McGregor hesitated. He wondered how he should tell what was in his mind.
+"Everything in its place," he said finally. "I wanted to go on with our
+talk."
+
+Lights flashed out of the darkness of the park. The two men sat on the
+bench thinking each his own thoughts.
+
+"I want to take some work out of the clamps to-night," the barber said,
+looking at his watch. Together the two men walked along the street.
+"Look here," said McGregor. "I didn't mean to hurt you. Those two
+women that came up and interfered with what we were working out made me
+furious."
+
+"Women always interfere," said the barber. "They raise hell with men."
+His mind ran out and began to play with the world-old problem of the
+sexes. "If a lot of women fall in the fight with us men and become our
+slaves--serving us as the paid women do--need they fuss about it? Let
+them be game and try to help work it out as men have been game and have
+worked and thought through ages of perplexity and defeat."
+
+The barber stopped on the street corner to fill and light his pipe.
+"Women can change everything when they want to," he said, looking at
+McGregor and letting the match burn out in his fingers. "They can have
+motherhood pensions and room to work out their own problem in the world
+or anything else that they really want. They can stand up face to face
+with men. They don't want to. They want to enslave us with their faces
+and their bodies. They want to carry on the old, old weary fight." He
+tapped McGregor on the arm. "If a few of us--wanting with all our might
+to get something done--beat them at their own game, don't we deserve the
+victory?" he asked.
+
+"But sometimes I think I would like a woman to live with, you know, just
+to sit and talk with me," said McGregor.
+
+The barber laughed. Puffing at his pipe he walked down the street. "To
+be sure! To be sure!" he said. "I would. Any man would. I like to sit in
+the room for a spell in the evening talking to you but I would hate to
+give up violin making and be bound all my life to serve you and your
+purposes just the same."
+
+In the hallway of their own house the barber spoke to McGregor as he
+looked down the hallway to where the door of the black eyed girl's room
+had just crept open. "You let women alone," he said; "when you feel you
+can't stay away from them any longer you come and talk it over with me."
+
+McGregor nodded and went along the hallway to his own room. In the
+darkness he stood by the window and looked down into the court. The
+feeling of hidden power, the ability to rise above the mess into which
+modern life had sunk that had come to him in the park, returned and
+he walked nervously about. When finally he sat down upon a chair and
+leaning forward put his head in his hands he felt like one who has
+started on a long journey through a strange and dangerous country and
+who has unexpectedly come upon a friend going the same way.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+
+The people of Chicago go home from their work at evening--drifting they
+go in droves, hurrying along. It is a startling thing to look closely at
+them. The people have bad mouths. Their mouths are slack and the jaws do
+not hang right. The mouths are like the shoes they wear. The shoes
+have become run down at the corners from too much pounding on the hard
+pavements and the mouths have become crooked from too much weariness of
+soul.
+
+Something is wrong with modern American life and we Americans do not
+want to look at it. We much prefer to call ourselves a great people and
+let it go at that.
+
+It is evening and the people of Chicago go home from work. Clatter,
+clatter, clatter, go the heels on the hard pavements, jaws wag, the wind
+blows and dirt drifts and sifts through the masses of the people. Every
+one has dirty ears. The stench in the street cars is horrible. The
+antiquated bridges over the rivers are packed with people. The suburban
+trains going away south and west are cheaply constructed and dangerous.
+A people calling itself great and living in a city also called great
+go to their houses a mere disorderly mass of humans cheaply equipped.
+Everything is cheap. When the people get home to their houses they sit
+on cheap chairs before cheap tables and eat cheap food. They have given
+their lives for cheap things. The poorest peasant of one of the old
+countries is surrounded by more beauty. His very equipment for living
+has more solidity.
+
+The modern man is satisfied with what is cheap and unlovely because he
+expects to rise in the world. He has given his life to that dreary dream
+and he is teaching his children to follow the same dream. McGregor was
+touched by it. Being confused by the matter of sex he had listened to
+the advice of the barber and meant to settle things in the cheap way.
+One evening a month after the talk in the park he hurried along Lake
+Street on the West Side with that end in view. It was near eight o'clock
+and growing dark and McGregor should have been at the night school.
+Instead he walked along the street looking at the ill-kept frame houses.
+A fever burned in his blood. An impulse, for the moment stronger than
+the impulse that kept him at work over books night after night there in
+the big disorderly city and as yet stronger than any new impulse toward
+a vigorous compelling march through life, had hold of him. His eyes
+stared into the windows. He hurried along filled with a lust that
+stultified his brain and will. A woman sitting at the window of a little
+frame house smiled and beckoned to him.
+
+McGregor walked along the path leading to the little frame house. The
+path ran through a squalid yard. It was a foul place like the
+court under his window behind the house in Wycliff Place. Here also
+discoloured papers worried by the wind ran about in crazy circles.
+McGregor's heart pounded and his mouth felt dry and unpleasant. He
+wondered what he should say and how he should say it when he came into
+the presence of the woman. He wished there were some one to be hit with
+his fist. He didn't want to make love, he wanted relief. He would have
+much preferred a fight.
+
+The veins in McGregor's neck began to swell and as he stood in the
+darkness before the door of the house he swore. He stared up and down
+the street but the sky, the sight of which might have helped him, was
+hidden from view by the structure of an elevated railroad. Pushing
+open the door of the house he stepped in. In the dim light he could see
+nothing but a form sprang out of the darkness and a pair of powerful
+arms pinned his hands to his sides. McGregor looked quickly about A man
+huge as himself held him tightly against the door. He had one glass
+eye and a stubby black beard and in the half light looked sinister and
+dangerous. The hand of the woman who had beckoned to him from the window
+fumbled in McGregor's pockets and came out clutching a little roll of
+money. Her face, set now and ugly like the man's, looked up at him from
+under the arms of her ally.
+
+In a moment McGregor's heart stopped pounding and the dry unpleasant
+taste went out of his mouth. He felt relieved and glad at this sudden
+turn to the affair.
+
+With a quick upward snap of his knees into the stomach of the man who
+had held him McGregor freed himself. A swinging blow to the neck sent
+his assailant groaning to the floor. McGregor sprang across the room. In
+the corner by the bed he caught the woman. Clutching her by the hair he
+whirled her about. "Hand over that money," he said fiercely.
+
+The woman put up her hands and plead with him. The grip of his hands
+in her hair brought the tears to her eyes. She thrust the roll of bills
+into his hands and waited, trembling, thinking he intended to kill her.
+
+A new feeling swept over McGregor. The thought of having come into the
+house at the invitation of this woman was revolting to him. He wondered
+how he could have been such a beast. As he stood in the dim light
+thinking of this and looking at the woman he became lost in thought and
+wondered why the idea given him by the barber, that had seemed so clear
+and sensible, now seemed so foolish. His eyes stared at the woman as his
+mind returned to the black-bearded barber talking on the park bench and
+he was seized with a blind fury, a fury not directed at the people in
+the foul little room but at himself and his own blindness. Again a great
+hatred of the disorder of life took hold of him and as though all of
+the disorderly people of the world were personified in her he swore and
+shook the woman as a dog might have shaken a foul rag.
+
+"Sneak. Dodger. Mussy fool," he muttered, thinking of himself as a giant
+attacked by some nauseous beast. The woman screamed with terror. Seeing
+the look on her assailant's face and mistaking the meaning of his words
+she trembled and thought again of death. Reaching under the pillow
+on the bed she got another roll of bills and thrust that also into
+McGregor's hands. "Please go," she plead. "We were mistaken. We thought
+you were some one else."
+
+McGregor strode to the door past the man on the floor who groaned and
+rolled about. He walked around the corner to Madison Street and boarded
+a car for the night school. Sitting in the car he counted the money in
+the roll thrust into his hand by the kneeling woman and laughed so that
+the people in the car looked at him in amazement. "Turner has spent
+eleven dollars among them in two years and I have got twenty-seven
+dollars in one night," he thought. He jumped off the car and walked
+along under the street lights striving to think things out. "I can't
+depend on any one," he muttered. "I have to make my own way. The barber
+is as confused as the rest of them and he doesn't know it. There is a
+way out of the confusion and I'm going to find it, but I'll have to do
+it alone. I can't take any one's word for anything."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+
+The matter of McGregor's attitude toward women and the call of sex was
+not of course settled by the fight in the house in Lake Street. He was
+a man who, even in the days of his great crudeness, appealed strongly
+to the mating instinct in women and more than once his purpose was to
+be shaken and his mind disturbed by the forms, the faces and the eyes of
+women.
+
+McGregor thought he had settled the matter. He forgot the black-eyed
+girl in the hallway and thought only of advancement in the warehouse and
+of study in his room at night. Now and then he took an evening off and
+went for a walk through the streets or in one of the parks.
+
+In the streets of Chicago, under the night lights, among the restless
+moving people he was a figure to be remembered. Sometimes he did not see
+the people at all but went swinging along in the same spirit in which he
+had walked in the Pennsylvania hills. He was striving to get a hold of
+some elusive quality in life that seemed to be forever out of reach. He
+did not want to be a lawyer or a warehouseman. What did he want? Along
+the street he went trying to make up his mind and because his was not a
+gentle nature his perplexity drove him to anger and he swore.
+
+Up and down Madison Street he went striding along, his lips muttering
+words. In a corner saloon some one played a piano. Groups of girls
+passed laughing and talking. He came to the bridge that led over the
+river into the loop district and then turned restlessly back. On the
+sidewalks along Canal Street he saw strong-bodied men loitering before
+cheap lodging houses. Their clothing was filthy with long wear and
+there was no light of determination in their faces. In the little fine
+interstices of the cloth of which their clothes were made was gathered
+the filth of the city in which they lived and in the stuff of their
+natures the filth and disorder of modern civilisation had also found
+lodging.
+
+On walked McGregor looking at man-made things and the flame of anger
+within burned stronger and stronger. He saw the drifting clouds of
+people of all nations that wander at night in Halstead Street and
+turning into a side street saw also the Italians, Poles and Russians
+that at evening gather on the sidewalks before tenements in that
+district.
+
+The desire in McGregor for some kind of activity became a madness. His
+body shook with the strength of his desire to end the vast disorder of
+life. With all the ardour of youth he wanted to see if with the strength
+of his arm he could shake mankind out of its sloth. A drunken man passed
+and following him came a large man with a pipe in his mouth. The large
+man did not walk with any suggestion of power in his legs. He shambled
+along. He was like a huge child with fat cheeks and great untrained
+body, a child without muscles and hardness, clinging to the skirts of
+life.
+
+McGregor could not bear the sight of the big ungainly figure. The man
+seemed to personify all of the things against which his soul was in
+revolt and he stopped and stood crouched, a ferocious light burning in
+his eyes.
+
+Into the gutter rolled the man stunned by the force of the blow dealt
+him by the miner's son. He crawled on his hands and knees and cried for
+help. His pipe had rolled away into the darkness. McGregor stood on the
+sidewalk and waited. A crowd of men standing before a tenement house
+started to run toward him. Again he crouched. He prayed that they would
+come on and let him fight them also. In anticipation of a great struggle
+joy shone in his eyes and his muscles twitched.
+
+And then the man in the gutter got to his feet and ran away. The men who
+had started to run toward him stopped and turned back. McGregor walked
+on, his heart heavy with the sense of defeat. He was a little sorry for
+the man he had struck and who had made so ridiculous a figure crawling
+about on his hands and knees and he was more perplexed than ever.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+McGregor tried again to solve the problem of women. He had been much
+pleased by the outcome of the affair in the little frame house and the
+next day bought law books with the twenty-seven dollars thrust into his
+hand by the frightened woman. Later he stood in his room stretching his
+great body like a lion returned from the kill and thought of the little
+black-bearded barber in the room at the end of the hall stooping over
+his violin, his mind busy with the attempt to justify himself because he
+would not face one of life's problems. The feeling of resentment against
+the man had gone. He thought of the course laid out for himself by that
+philosopher and laughed. "There is something about it to avoid, like
+giving yourself up to digging in the dirt under the ground," he told
+himself.
+
+McGregor's second adventure began on a Saturday night and again he let
+himself be led into it by the barber. The night was hot and the younger
+man sat in his room filled with a desire to go forth and explore the
+city. The quiet of the house, the distant rumble of street cars, the
+sound of a band playing far down the street disturbed and diverted his
+mind. He wished that he might take a stick in his hands and go forth to
+prowl among the hills as he had gone on such nights in his youth in the
+Pennsylvania town.
+
+The door to his room opened and the barber came in. In his hand he held
+two tickets. He sat on the window sill to explain.
+
+"There is a dance in a hall on Monroe Street," said the barber
+excitedly. "I have two tickets here. A politician sold them to the boss
+in the shop where I work." The barber threw back his head and laughed.
+To his mind there was something delicious in the thought of the boss
+barber being forced by the politicians to buy dance tickets. "They cost
+two dollars each," he cried and shook with laughter "You should have
+seen my boss squirm. He didn't want the tickets but was afraid not to
+take them. The politician could make trouble for him and he knew it. You
+see we make a hand-book on the races in the shop and that is against
+the law. The politician could make trouble for us. The boss paid out the
+four dollars swearing under his breath and when the politician had gone
+out he threw them at me. 'There, take them,' he shouted, 'I don't want
+the rotten things. Is a man a horse trough at which every beast can stop
+to drink?'"
+
+McGregor and the barber sat in the room laughing at the boss barber who
+had smilingly bought the tickets while consumed with inward wrath. The
+barber urged McGregor to go with him to the dance. "We will make a night
+of it," he said. "We will see women there--two that I know. They live
+upstairs over a grocery store. I have been with them. They will open
+your eyes. They are a kind of women you haven't known, bold and clever
+and good fellows too."
+
+McGregor got up and pulled his shirt over his head. A wave of feverish
+excitement ran over his body. "We shall see about this," he said, "we
+shall see if this is another wrong trail you are starting me on. You go
+to your room and get ready. I am going to fix myself up."
+
+In the dance hall McGregor sat on a seat by the wall with one of the two
+women lauded by the barber and a third one who was frail and bloodless.
+To him the adventure had been a failure. The swing of the dance music
+struck no answering chord in him. He saw the couples on the floor
+clasped in each other's arms, writhing and turning, swaying back and
+forth, looking into each other's eyes and turned aside wishing himself
+back in his room among the law books.
+
+The barber talked to two of the women, bantering them. McGregor thought
+the conversation inane and trivial. It skirted the edge of things and
+ran off into vague references to other times and adventures of which he
+knew nothing.
+
+The barber danced away with one of the women. She was tall and the head
+of the barber barely Passed her shoulder. His black beard shone against
+her white dress. The two women sat beside him and talked. McGregor
+gathered that the frail woman was a maker of hats. Something about her
+attracted him and he leaned against the wall and looked at her, not
+hearing the talk.
+
+A youth came up and took the other woman away. From across the hall the
+barber beckoned to him.
+
+A thought flashed into his mind. This woman beside him was frail and
+thin and bloodless like the women of Coal Creek. A feeling of intimacy
+with her came over him. He felt as he had felt concerning the tall pale
+girl of Coal Creek when they together gether had climbed the hill to the
+eminence that looked down into the valley of farms.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+
+Edith Carson the milliner, whom fate had thrown into the company of
+McGregor, was a frail woman of thirty-four and lived alone in two
+rooms at the back of her millinery store. Her life was almost devoid of
+colour. On Sunday morning she wrote a long letter to her family on an
+Indiana farm and then put on a hat from among the samples in the show
+case along the wall and went to church, sitting by herself in the
+same seat Sunday after Sunday and afterward remembering nothing of the
+sermon.
+
+On Sunday afternoon Edith went by street-car to a park and walked alone
+under the trees. If it threatened rain she sat in the larger of the two
+rooms back of the shop sewing on new dresses for herself or for a
+sister who had married a blacksmith in the Indiana town and who had four
+children.
+
+Edith had soft mouse-coloured hair and grey eyes with small brown spots
+on the iris. She was so slender that she wore pads about her body under
+her dress to fill it out. In her youth she had had a sweetheart--a
+fat round-cheeked boy who lived on the next farm. Once they had gone
+together to the fair at the county seat and coming home in the buggy at
+night he had put his arm about her and kissed her. "You ain't very big,"
+he had said.
+
+Edith sent to a mail order house in Chicago and bought the padding
+which she wore under her dress With it came an oil which she rubbed
+on herself. The label on the bottle spoke of the contents with great
+respect as a wonderful developer. The heavy pads wore raw places on her
+side against which her clothes rubbed but she bore the pain with grim
+stoicism, remembering what the fat boy had said.
+
+After Edith came to Chicago and opened a shop of her own she had a
+letter from her former admirer. "It pleases me to think that the same
+wind that blows over me blows also over you," it said. After that one
+letter she did not hear from him again. He had the phrase out of a book
+he had read and had written the letter to Edith that he might use it.
+After the letter had gone he thought of her frail figure and repented
+of the impulse that had tricked him into writing. Half in alarm he began
+courting and soon married another girl.
+
+Sometimes on her rare visits home Edith had seen her former lover
+driving along the road. The sister who had married the blacksmith said
+that he was stingy, that his wife had nothing to wear but a cheap calico
+dress and that on Saturday he drove off to town alone, leaving her to
+milk the cows and feed the pigs and horses. Once he encountered Edith on
+the road and tried to get her into the wagon to ride with him. Although
+she had walked along the road ignoring him she took the letter about
+the wind that blew over them both out of a drawer on spring evenings or
+after a walk in the park and read it over. After she had read it she
+sat in the darkness at the front of the store looking through the screen
+door at people in the street and wondered what life would mean to her
+if she had a man on whom she could bestow her love. In her heart she
+believed that, unlike the wife of the fat youth, she would have borne
+children.
+
+In Chicago Edith Carson had made money. She had a genius for economy
+in the management of her business. In six years she had cleared a large
+debt from the shop and had a comfortable balance in the bank. Girls
+who worked in factories or in stores came and left most of their meagre
+surplus in her shop and other girls who didn't work came in, throwing
+dollars about and talking about "gentlemen friends." Edith hated the
+bargaining but attended to it with shrewdness and with a quiet disarming
+little smile on her face. What she liked was to sit quietly in the room
+and trim hats. When the business grew she had a woman to tend the shop
+and a girl to sit beside her and help with the hats. She had a friend,
+the wife of a motorman on the street-car line, who sometimes came to see
+her in the evening. The friend was a plump little woman, dissatisfied
+with her marriage, and she got Edith to make her several new hats a year
+for which she paid nothing.
+
+Edith went to the dance at which she met McGregor with the motorman's
+wife and a girl who lived upstairs over a bakery next door to the shop,
+The dance was held in a hall over a saloon and was given for the benefit
+of a political organisation in which the baker was a leader. The wife
+of the baker came in and sold Edith two tickets, one for herself and one
+for the wife of the motorman who happened to be sitting with her at the
+time.
+
+That evening after the motorman's wife had gone home Edith decided to go
+to the dance and the decision was something like an adventure in itself.
+The night was hot and sultry, lightning flashed in the sky and clouds of
+dust swept down the street. Edith sat in the darkness behind the bolted
+screen door and looked at the people who hurried homeward down the
+street. A wave of revolt at the narrowness and emptiness of her life
+ran through her. Tears sprang to her eyes. She closed the shop door and
+going into the room at the back lighted the gas and stood looking at
+herself in the mirror. "I'll go to the dance," she thought. "Perhaps I
+shall get a man. If he won't marry me he can have what he wants of me
+anyway."
+
+In the dance hall Edith sat demurely by the wall near a window and
+watched the couples whirl about on the floor. Through an open door she
+could see couples sitting in another room around tables and drinking
+beer. A tall young man in white trousers and white slippers went about
+on the dance floor. He smiled and bowed to the women. Once he started
+across the floor toward Edith and her heart beat rapidly, but just when
+she thought he intended to speak to her and to the motorman's wife he
+turned and went to another part of the room. Edith followed him with her
+eyes, admiring his white trousers and his shining white teeth.
+
+The wife of the motorman went away with a small straight man with a grey
+moustache whom Edith thought had unpleasant eyes and two girls came and
+sat beside her. They were customers of her store and lived together in
+a flat over a grocery on Monroe Street. Edith had heard the girl who
+sat in the workroom with her speak slightingly of them. The three sat
+together along the wall and talked of hats.
+
+And then across the floor of the dance hall came two men, a huge
+red-haired fellow and a little man with a black beard. The two women
+hailed them and the five sat together making a party by the wall, the
+little man keeping up a running stream of comments about the people on
+the floor with Edith's two companions. A dance struck up and taking
+one of the women the black-bearded man danced away. Edith and the other
+woman again talked of hats. The huge fellow beside her said nothing but
+followed the women about the dance hall with his eyes. Edith thought she
+had never seen so homely a fellow.
+
+At the end of the dance the black-bearded man went through the door into
+the room filled with little tables and made a sign to the red-haired man
+to follow. A boyish looking fellow appeared and went away with the other
+woman and Edith sat alone on the bench by the wall beside McGregor.
+
+"This place doesn't interest me," said McGregor quickly. "I don't like
+to sit watching people hop about on their toes. If you want to come with
+me we'll get out of here and go to some place where we can talk and get
+acquainted."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The little milliner walked across the floor on the arm of McGregor, her
+heart jumping with excitement. "I've got a man," she thought, exulting.
+That the man had deliberately chosen her she knew. She had heard the
+introductions and the bantering talk of the black-bearded man and had
+noted the indifference of the big man to the other women.
+
+Edith looked at her companion's huge frame and forgot his homeliness.
+Into her mind came a picture of the fat boy, grown into a man, driving
+down the road in the wagon and leeringly asking her to ride with him. A
+flood of anger at the memory of the look of greedy assurance in his eyes
+came over her. "This one could knock him over a six-rail fence," she
+thought.
+
+"Where are we going now?" she asked.
+
+McGregor looked down at her. "To some place where we can talk," he said.
+"I was sick of this place. You ought to know where we're going. I'm
+going with you. You aren't going with me."
+
+McGregor wished he were in Coal Creek. He felt he would like to take
+this woman over the hill and sit on the log to talk of his father.
+
+As they walked along Monroe Street Edith thought of the resolution she
+had made as she stood before the mirror in her room at the back of
+the shop on the evening when she had decided to come to the dance. She
+wondered if the great adventure was about to come to her and her hand
+trembled on McGregor's arm. A hot wave of hope and fear shot through
+her.
+
+At the door of the millinery shop she fumbled with uncertain hands as
+she unlocked the door. A delicious feeling shook her. She felt like a
+bride, glad and yet ashamed and afraid.
+
+In the room at the back of the shop McGregor lighted the gas and pulling
+off his overcoat threw it on the couch at the side of the room. He was
+not in the least excited and with a steady hand lighted the fire in the
+little stove and then looking up he asked Edith if he might smoke. He
+had the air of a man come home to his own house and the woman sat on
+the edge of her chair to unpin her hat and waited hopefully to see what
+course the night's adventure would take.
+
+For two hours McGregor sat in the rocking chair in Edith Carson's room
+and talked of Coal Creek and of his life in Chicago. He talked freely,
+letting himself go as a man might in talking to one of his own people
+after a long absence. His attitude and the quiet ring in his voice
+confused and puzzled Edith. She had expected something quite different.
+
+Going to the little room at the side she brought forth a teakettle and
+prepared to make tea. The big man still sat in her chair smoking and
+talking. A delightful feeling of safety and coziness crept over her. She
+thought her room beautiful but mingled with her satisfaction was a faint
+grey streak of fear. "Of course he won't come back again," she thought.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+
+In the year following the beginning of his acquaintanceship with Edith
+Carson McGregor continued to work hard and steadily in the warehouse and
+with his books at night. He was promoted to be foreman, replacing the
+German, and he thought he had made progress with his studies. When he
+did not go to the night school he went to Edith Carson's place and sat
+reading a book and smoking his pipe by a little table in the back room.
+
+About the room and in and out of her shop moved Edith, going softly and
+quietly. A light began to come into her eyes and colour into her cheeks.
+She did not talk but new and daring thoughts visited her mind and a
+thrill of reawakened life ran through her body. With gentle insistence
+she did not let her dreams express themselves in words and almost hoped
+that she might be able to go on forever thus, having this strong man
+come into her presence and sit absorbed in his own affairs within the
+walls of her house. Sometimes she wanted him to talk and wished that she
+had the power to lead him into the telling of little facts of his life.
+She wanted to be told of his mother and father, of his boyhood in the
+Pennsylvania town, of his dreams and his desires but for the most part
+she was content to wait and only hoped that nothing would happen to
+bring an end to her waiting.
+
+McGregor began to read books of history and became absorbed in the
+figures of certain men, all soldiers and leaders of soldiers who stalked
+across the pages wherein was written the story of man's life. The
+figures of Sherman, Grant, Lee, Jackson, Alexander, Caesar, Napoleon,
+and Wellington seemed to him to stand starkly up among the other figures
+in the books and going to the Public Library at the noon hour he got
+books concerning these men and for a time lost interest in the study of
+law and devoted himself to contemplation of the breakers of laws.
+
+There was something beautiful about McGregor in those days. He was as
+virginal and pure as a chunk of the hard black coal out of the hills of
+his own state and like the coal ready to burn himself out into
+power. Nature had been kind to him. He had the gift of silence and of
+isolation. All about him were other men, perhaps as strong physically
+as himself and with better trained minds who were being destroyed and he
+was not being destroyed. For the others life let itself run out in the
+endless doing of little tasks, the thinking of little thoughts and the
+saying of groups of words over and over endlessly like parrots that sit
+in cages and earn their bread by screaming two or three sentences to
+passers by.
+
+It is a terrible thing to speculate on how man has been defeated by his
+ability to say words. The brown bear in the forest has no such power and
+the lack of it has enabled him to retain a kind of nobility of bearing
+sadly lacking in us. On and on through life we go, socialists, dreamers,
+makers of laws, sellers of goods and believers in suffrage for women and
+we continuously say words, worn-out words, crooked words, words without
+power or pregnancy in them.
+
+The matter is one to be thought of seriously by youths and maidens
+inclined to garrulousness. Those who have the habit of it will never
+change. The gods who lean over the rim of the world to laugh at us have
+marked them for their barrenness.
+
+And yet the word must run on. McGregor, the silent, wanted his word. He
+wanted his true note as an individual to ring out above the hubbub of
+voices and then he wanted to use the strength and the virility within
+himself to carry his word far. What he did not want was that his mouth
+become foul and his brain become numb with the saying of the words and
+the thinking of the thoughts of other men and that he in his turn become
+a mere toiling food-consuming chattering puppet to the gods.
+
+For a long time the miner's son wondered what power lay in the men whose
+figures stood up so boldly in the pages of the books he read. He tried
+to think the matter out as he sat in Edith's room or walked by himself
+through the streets. In the warehouse he looked with new curiosity at
+the men who worked in the great rooms piling and unpiling apple barrels
+and the boxes of eggs and fruit When he came into one of the rooms the
+men who had been standing in groups idly talking of their own affairs
+began to run busily about. They no longer chattered but as long as he
+remained worked desperately, furtively watching as he stood staring at
+them.
+
+McGregor wondered. He tried to fathom the mystery of the power that made
+them willing to work until their bodies were bent and stooped, that made
+them unashamed to be afraid and that left them in the end mere slaves to
+words and formulas.
+
+The perplexed young man who watched the men in the warehouse began to
+think that the passion for reproduction might have something to do with
+the matter. Perhaps his constant association with Edith awakened the
+thought. His own loins were heavy with the seeds of children and only
+his absorption in the thought of finding himself kept him from devoting
+himself to the feeding of his lusts. One day he had a talk concerning
+the matter with a at the warehouse. The talk came about in this way.
+
+In the warehouse the men came in at the door in the morning, drifting
+in like flies that wander in at the open windows on a summer day. With
+downcast eyes they shuffled across the long floor, white with lime.
+Morning after morning they came in at the door and went silently to
+their places looking at the floor and scowling. A slender bright-eyed
+young man who acted as shipping clerk during the day sat in a little
+coop and to him the men as they passed called out their numbers. From
+time to time the shipping clerk who was an Irishman tried to joke with
+one of them, tapping sharply upon his desk with a pencil as though
+to compel attention. "They are no good," he said to himself, when in
+response to his sallies they only smiled vaguely. "Although they get
+but a dollar and a half a day they are overpaid!" Like McGregor he had
+nothing but contempt for the men whose numbers he put in the book. Their
+stupidity he took as a compliment to himself. "We are the kind who get
+things done," he thought as he put the pencil back of his ear and closed
+the book. In his mind the futile pride of the middle class man flamed
+up. In his contempt for the workers he forgot also to have contempt for
+himself.
+
+One morning McGregor and the shipping clerk stood upon a board platform
+facing the street and the shipping clerk talked of parentage. "The
+wives of the workers here have children as cattle have calves," said
+the Irishman. Moved by some hidden sentiment within himself he added
+heartily. "Oh well, what's a man for? It's nice to see kids around the
+house. I've got four kids myself. You should see them play about in the
+garden at my place in Oak Park when I come home in the evening."
+
+McGregor thought of Edith Carson and a faint hunger began to grow within
+him. A desire that was later to come near to upsetting the purpose of
+his life began to make itself felt. With a growl he fought against the
+desire and confused the Irishman by making an attack upon him. "Well how
+are you any better?" he asked bluntly. "Do you think your children any
+more important than theirs? You may have a better mind but their bodies
+are better and your mind hasn't made you a very striking figure as far
+as I can see."
+
+Turning away from the Irishman who had begun to sputter with wrath
+McGregor went up an elevator to a distant part of the building to think
+of the Irishman's words. From time to time he spoke sharply to a workman
+who loitered in one of the passages between the piles of boxes and
+barrels. Under his hand the work in the warehouse had begun to take on
+order and the little grey-haired superintendent who had employed him
+rubbed his hands with delight.
+
+In a corner by a window stood McGregor wondering why he also did not
+want to devote his life to being the father of children. In the dim
+light across the face of the window a fat old spider crawled slowly. In
+the hideous body of the insect there was something that suggested to the
+mind of the struggling thinker the sloth of the world. Vaguely his mind
+groped about trying to get hold of words and ideas to express what
+was in his brain. "Ugly crawling things that look at the floor," he
+muttered. "If they have children it is without order or orderly purpose.
+It is an accident like the accident of the fly that falls into the net
+built by the insect here. The coming of the children is like the coming
+of the flies, it feeds a kind of cowardice in men. In the children men
+hope vainly to see done what they have not the courage to try to do."
+
+With an oath McGregor smashed with his heavy leather glove the fat thing
+wandering aimlessly across the light. "I must not be confused by little
+things. There is still going on the attempt to force me into the hole
+in the ground. There is a hole here in which men live and work just as
+there is in the mining town from which I came."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Hurrying out of his room that evening McGregor went to see Edith. He
+wanted to look at her and to think. In the little room at the back he
+sat for an hour trying to read a book and then for the first time shared
+his thoughts with her. "I am trying to discover why men are of so little
+importance," he said suddenly. "Are they mere tools for women? Tell me
+that. Tell me what women think and what they want?"
+
+Without waiting for an answer he turned again to the reading of the
+book. "Oh well," he added "it doesn't need to bother me. I won't let any
+women lead me into being a reproductive tool for her."
+
+Edith was alarmed. She took McGregor's outburst as a declaration of war
+against herself and her influence and her hands began to tremble. Then
+a new thought came to her. "He needs money to get on in the world," she
+told herself and a little thrill of joy ran through her as she thought
+of her own carefully guarded hoard. She wondered how she could offer it
+to him so that there would be no danger of a refusal.
+
+"You're all right," said McGregor, preparing to depart. "You do not
+interfere with a man's thoughts."
+
+Edith blushed and like the workmen in the warehouse looked at the floor.
+Something in his words startled her and when he was gone she went to
+her desk and taking out her bankbook turned its pages with new pleasure.
+Without hesitation she who indulged herself in nothing would have given
+all to McGregor.
+
+And out into the street went the man, thinking of his own affairs. He
+dismissed from his mind the thoughts of women and children and began
+again to think of the stirring figures of history that had made so
+strong an appeal to him. As he passed over one of the bridges he stopped
+and stood leaning over the rail to look at the black water below. "Why
+has thought never succeeded in replacing action?" he asked himself. "Why
+are the men who write books in some way less full of meaning than the
+men who do things?"
+
+McGregor was staggered by the thought that had come to him and wondered
+if he had started on a wrong trail by coming to the city and trying to
+educate himself. For an hour he stood in the darkness and tried to think
+things out. It began to rain but he did not mind. Into his brain began
+to creep a dream of a vast order coming out of disorder. He was like one
+standing in the presence of some gigantic machine with many intricate
+parts that had begun to run crazily, each part without regard to the
+purpose of the whole. "There is danger in thinking too," he muttered
+vaguely. "Everywhere there is danger, in labour, in love and in
+thinking. What shall I do with myself?"
+
+McGregor turned about and threw up his hands. A new thought swept like
+a broad path of light across the darkness of his mind. He began to see
+that the soldiers who had led thousands of men into battle had appealed
+to him because in the working out of their purposes they had used human
+lives with the recklessness of gods. They had found the courage to do
+that and their courage was magnificent. Away down deep in the hearts of
+men lay sleeping a love of order and they had taken hold of that love.
+If they had used it badly did that matter? Had they not pointed the way?
+
+Back into McGregor's mind came a night scene in his home town. Vividly
+he saw in fancy the poor unkempt little street facing the railroad
+tracks and the groups of striking miners huddled in the light before
+the door of a saloon while in the road a body of soldiers marched past,
+their uniforms looking grey and their faces grim in the uncertain light.
+"They marched," whispered McGregor. "That's what made them seem so
+powerful. They were just ordinary men but they went swinging along, all
+as one man. Something in that fact ennobled them. That's what Grant knew
+and what Caesar knew. That's what made Grant and Caesar seem so big.
+They knew and they were not afraid to use their knowledge. Perhaps
+they did not bother to think how it would all come out. They hoped for
+another kind of man to do the thinking. Perhaps they did not think of
+anything at all but just went ahead and tried to do each his own part.
+
+"I will do my part here," shouted McGregor. "I will find the way." His
+body shook and his voice roared along the footpath of the bridge. Men
+stopped to look back at the big shouting figure. Two women walking past
+screamed and ran into the roadway. McGregor walked rapidly away toward
+his own room and his books. He did not know how he would be able to use
+the new impulse that had come to him but as he swung along through dark
+streets and past rows of dark buildings he thought again of the great
+machine running crazily and without purpose and was glad he was not
+a part of it. "I will keep myself to myself and be ready for what
+happens," he said, burning with new courage.
+
+
+
+
+
+BOOK III
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+
+When McGregor had secured the place in the apple-warehouse and went home
+to the house in Wycliff Place with his first week's pay, twelve dollars,
+in his pocket he thought of his mother, Nance McGregor, working in the
+mine offices in the Pennsylvania town and folding a five dollar bill
+sent it to her in a letter. "I will begin to take care of her now," he
+thought and with the rough sense of equity in such matters, common to
+labouring people, had no intention of giving himself airs. "She has fed
+me and now I will begin to feed her," he told himself.
+
+The five dollars came back. "Keep it. I don't want your money," the
+mother wrote. "If you have money left after your expenses are paid begin
+to fix yourself up. Better get a new pair of shoes or a hat. Don't
+try to take care of me. I won't have it. I want you to look out for
+yourself. Dress well and hold up your head, that's all I ask. In the
+city clothes mean a good deal. In the long run it will mean more to me
+to see you be a real man than to be a good son."
+
+Sitting in her rooms over the vacant bake-shop in Coal Creek Nance began
+to get new satisfaction out of the contemplation of herself as a woman
+with a son in the city. In the evening she thought of him moving along
+the crowded thoroughfares among men and women and her bent little old
+figure straightened with pride. When a letter came telling of his work
+in the night school her heart jumped and she wrote a long letter filled
+with talk of Garfield and Grant and of Lincoln lying by the burning pine
+knot reading his books. It seemed to her unbelievably romantic that her
+son should some day be a lawyer and stand up in a crowded court room
+speaking thoughts out of his brain to other men. She thought that if
+this great red-haired boy, who at home had been so unmanageable and so
+quick with his fists, was to end by being a man of books and of brains
+then she and her man, Cracked McGregor, had not lived in vain. A sweet
+new sense of peace came to her. She forgot her own years of toil and
+gradually her mind went back to the silent boy sitting on the steps with
+her before her house in the year after her husband's death while she
+talked to him of the world, and thus she thought of him, a quiet eager
+boy, going about bravely there in the distant city.
+
+Death caught Nance McGregor off her guard. After one of her long days of
+toil in the mine office she awoke to find him sitting grim and expectant
+beside her bed. For years she in common with most of the women of the
+coal town had been afflicted with what is called "trouble with the
+heart." Now and then she had "bad spells." On this spring evening she
+got into bed and sitting propped among the pillows fought out her fight
+alone like a worn-out animal that has crept into a hole in the woods.
+
+In the middle of the night the conviction came to her that she would
+die. Death seemed moving about in the room and waiting for her. In the
+street two drunken men stood talking, their voices concerned with their
+own human affairs coming in through the window and making life seem very
+near and dear to the dying woman. "I've been everywhere," said one of
+the men. "I've been in towns and cities I don't even remember the names
+of. You ask Alex Fielder who keeps a saloon in Denver. Ask him if Gus
+Lamont has been there."
+
+The other man laughed. "You've been in Jake's drinking too much beer,"
+he jeered.
+
+Nance heard the two men stumble off down the street, the traveller
+protesting against the unbelief of his friend. It seemed to her that
+life with all of its colour sound and meaning was running away from her
+presence. The exhaust of the engine over at the mine rang in her ears.
+She thought of the mine as a great monster lying asleep below the
+ground, its huge nose stuck into the air, its mouth open to eat men. In
+the darkness of the room her coat, flung over the back of a chair, took
+the shape and outline of a face, huge and grotesque, staring silently
+past her into the sky.
+
+Nance McGregor gasped and struggled for breath. She clutched the
+bedclothes with her hands and fought grimly and silently. She did not
+think of the place to which she might go after death. She was trying
+hard not to go there. It had been her habit of life to fight not to
+dream dreams.
+
+Nance thought of her father, drunk and throwing his money about in the
+old days before her marriage, of the walks she as a young girl had taken
+with her lover on Sunday afternoons and of the times when they had gone
+together to sit on the hillside overlooking the farming country. As in a
+vision the dying woman saw the broad fertile land spread out before her
+and blamed herself that she had not done more toward helping her man in
+the fulfilment of the plans she and he had made to go there and live.
+Then she thought of the night when her boy came and of how, when they
+went to bring her man from the mine, they found him apparently dead
+under the fallen timbers so that she thought life and death had visited
+her hand in hand in one night.
+
+Nance sat stiffly up in bed. She thought she heard the sound of heavy
+feet on the stairs. "That will be Beaut coming up from the shop," she
+muttered and fell back upon the pillow dead.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+
+Beaut McGregor went home to Pennsylvania to bury his mother and on a
+summer afternoon walked again on the streets of his native town. From
+the station he went at once to the empty bake-shop, above which he had
+lived with his mother but he did not stay there. For a moment he stood
+bag in hand listening to the voices of the miners' wives in the room
+above and then put the bag behind an empty box and hurried away. The
+voices of women broke the stillness of the room in which he stood.
+Their thin sharpness hurt something within him and he could not bear the
+thought of the equally thin sharp silence he knew would fall upon the
+women who were attending his mother's body in the room above when he
+came into the presence of the dead.
+
+Along Main Street he went to a hardware store and from there went to
+the mine office. Then with a pick and shovel on his shoulder he began to
+climb the hill up which he had walked with his father when he was a lad.
+On the train homeward bound an idea had come to him. "I will her among
+the bushes on the hillside that looks down into the fruitful valley,"
+he told himself. The details of a religious discussion between two
+labourers that had gone on one day during the noon hour at the warehouse
+had come into his mind and as the train ran eastward he for the first
+time found himself speculating on the possibility of a life after death.
+Then he brushed the thoughts aside. "Anyway if Cracked McGregor does
+come back it is there you will find him, sitting on the log on the
+hillside," he thought.
+
+With the tools on his shoulder McGregor climbed the long hillside road,
+now deep with black dust. He was going to dig the grave for the burial
+of Nance McGregor. He did not glare at the miners who passed swinging
+their dinner-pails as they had done in the old days but looked at the
+ground and thought of the dead woman and a little wondered what place a
+woman would yet come to occupy in his own life. On the hillside the
+wind blew sharply and the great boy just emerging into manhood worked
+vigorously making the dirt fly. When the hole had grown deep he stopped
+and looked to where in the valley below a man who was hoeing corn
+shouted to a woman who stood on the porch of a farm house. Two cows that
+stood by a fence in a field lifted up their heads and bawled lustily.
+"It is the place for the dead to lie," whispered McGregor. "When my own
+time comes I shall be brought up here." An idea came to him. "I will
+have father's body moved," he told himself. "When I have made some
+money I will have that done. Here we shall all lie in the end, all of us
+McGregors."
+
+The thought that had come to McGregor pleased him and he was pleased
+also with himself for thinking the thought. The male in him made him
+throw back his shoulders. "We are two of a feather, father and me," he
+muttered, "two of a feather and mother has not understood either of us.
+Perhaps no woman was ever intended to understand us."
+
+Jumping out of the hole he strode over the crest of the hill and began
+the descent toward the town. It was late afternoon and the sun had
+gone down behind clouds. "I wonder if I understand myself, if any
+one understands," he thought as he went swiftly along with the tools
+clanking on his shoulder.
+
+McGregor did not want to go back to the town and to the dead woman in
+the little room. He thought of the miners' wives, attendants to the
+dead, who would sit with crossed hands looking at him and turned out of
+the road to sit on the fallen log where once on a Sunday afternoon he
+had sat with the black-haired boy who worked in the poolroom and where
+the daughter of the undertaker had come to sit beside him.
+
+And then up the long hill came the woman herself. As she drew near he
+recognised her tall figure and for some reason a lump came into his
+throat She had seen him depart from the town with the pick and shovel on
+his shoulder and after waiting what she thought an interval long enough
+to still the tongues of gossip had followed. "I wanted to talk with
+you," she said, climbing over logs and coming to sit beside him.
+
+For a long time the man and woman sat in silence and stared at the town
+in the valley below. McGregor thought she had grown more pale than ever
+and looked at her sharply. His mind, more accustomed to look critically
+at women than had been the mind of the boy who had once sat talking
+to her on the same log, began to inventory her body. "She is already
+becoming stooped," he thought. "I would not want to make love to her
+now."
+
+Along the log toward him moved the undertaker's daughter and with a
+swift impulse toward boldness slipped a thin hand into his. She began to
+talk of the dead woman lying in the upstairs room in the town. "We have
+been friends since you went away," she explained. "She liked to talk of
+you and I liked that too."
+
+Made bold by her own boldness the woman hurried on. "I do not want
+you to misunderstand me," she said. "I know I can't get you. I'm not
+thinking of that."
+
+She began to talk of her own affairs and of the dreariness of life with
+her father but McGregor's mind could not centre itself on her talk. When
+they started down the hill he had the impulse to take her in his arms
+and carry her as Cracked McGregor had once carried him but was so
+embarrassed that he did not offer to help her. He thought that for the
+first time some one from his native town had come close to him and he
+watched her stooped figure with an odd new feeling of tenderness. "I
+won't be alive long, maybe not a year. I've got the consumption," she
+whispered softly as he left her at the entrance to the hallway leading
+up to her home, and McGregor was so stirred by her words that he turned
+back and spent another hour wandering alone on the hillside before he
+went to see the body of his mother.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In the room above the bakery McGregor sat at an open window and looked
+down into the dimly lighted street. In a corner of the room lay his
+mother in a coffin and two miners' wives sat in the darkness behind him.
+All were silent and embarrassed.
+
+McGregor leaned out of the window and watched a group of miners who
+gathered at a corner. He thought of the undertaker's daughter, now
+nearing death, and wondered why she had suddenly come so close to him.
+"It is not because she is a woman, I know that," he told himself and
+tried to dismiss the matter from his mind by watching the people in the
+street below.
+
+In the mining town a meeting was being held. A box lay at the edge of
+the sidewalk and upon it climbed that same young Hartnet who had once
+talked to McGregor and who made his living by gathering birds' eggs and
+trapping squirrels in the hills. He was frightened and talked rapidly.
+Presently he introduced a large man with a flat nose who, when he had in
+turn climbed upon the box, began to tell stories and anecdotes designed
+to make the miners laugh.
+
+McGregor listened. He wished the undertaker's daughter were there to sit
+in the darkened room beside him. He thought he would like to tell her of
+his life in the city and of how disorganised and ineffective all modern
+life seemed to him. Sadness invaded his mind and he thought of his dead
+mother and of how this other woman would presently die. "It's just as
+well. Perhaps there is no other way, no orderly march toward an orderly
+end. Perhaps one has to die and return to nature to achieve that," he
+whispered to himself.
+
+In the street below the man upon the box, who was a travelling socialist
+orator, began to talk of the coming social revolution. As he talked it
+seemed to McGregor that his jaw had become loose from much wagging and
+that his whole body was loosely put together and without force. The
+speaker danced up and down on the box and his arms flapped about and
+these also seemed loose, not a part of the body.
+
+"Vote with us and the thing is done," he shouted. "Are you going to let
+a few men run things forever? Here you live like beasts paying tribute
+to your masters. Arouse yourselves. Join us in the struggle. You
+yourselves can be masters if you will only think so."
+
+"You will have to do something more than think," roared McGregor, as
+he leaned far out at the window. Again as always when he had heard men
+saying words he was blind with anger. Sharply he remembered the walks
+he had sometimes taken at night in the city streets and the air of
+disorderly ineffectiveness all about him. And here in the mining town it
+was the same. On every side of him appeared blank empty faces and loose
+badly knit bodies.
+
+"Mankind should be like a great fist ready to smash and to strike.
+It should be ready to knock down what stands in its way," he cried,
+astonishing the crowd in the street and frightening into something like
+hysterics the two women who sat with him beside the dead woman in the
+darkened room.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+
+The funeral of Nance McGregor was an event in Coal Creek. In the minds
+of the miners she stood for something. Fearing and hating the husband
+and the tall big-fisted son they had yet a tenderness for the mother
+and wife. "She lost her money handing us out bread," they said as they
+pounded on the bar in the saloon. Word ran about among them and they
+returned again and again to the subject. The fact that she had lost her
+man twice--once in the mine when the timber fell and clouded his brain,
+and then later when his body lay black and distorted near the door to
+the McCrary cut after the dreadful time of the fire in the mine--was
+perhaps forgotten but the fact that she had once kept a store and that
+she had lost her money serving them was not forgotten.
+
+On the day of the funeral the miners came up out of the mine and stood
+in groups in the open street and in the vacant bake shop. The men of the
+night shift had their faces washed and had put white paper collars about
+their necks. The man who owned the saloon locked the front door and
+putting the keys into his pocket stood on the side-walk looking silently
+at the windows of Nance McGregor's rooms. Out along the runway from
+the mines came other miners--men of the day shift. Setting their dinner
+pails on the stone along the front of the saloon and crossing the
+railroad they kneeled and washed their blackened faces in the red stream
+that flowed at the foot of the embankment The voice of the preacher, a
+slender wasp-like young man with black hair and dark shadows under his
+eyes, floated out to the listening men. A train of loaded coke cars
+rumbled past along the back of the stores.
+
+McGregor sat at the head of the coffin dressed in a new black suit.
+He stared at the wall back of the head of the preacher, not hearing,
+thinking his own thoughts.
+
+Back of McGregor sat the undertaker's pale daughter. She leaned forward
+until she touched the back of the chair in front and sat with her face
+buried in a white handkerchief. Her weeping cut across the voice of the
+preacher in the closely crowded little room filled with miners' wives
+and in the midst of his prayer for the dead she was taken with a violent
+fit of coughing and had to get up and hurry out of the room.
+
+After the services in the rooms above the bake shop a procession formed
+on Main Street. Like awkward boys the miners fell into groups and walked
+along behind the black hearse and the carriage in which sat the dead
+woman's son with the minister. The men kept looking at each other and
+smiling sheepishly. There had been no arrangement to follow the body
+to its grave and when they thought of the son and the attitude he had
+always maintained toward them they wondered whether or not he wanted
+them to follow.
+
+And McGregor was unconscious of all this. He sat in the carriage beside
+the minister and with unseeing eyes stared over the heads of the horses.
+He was thinking of his life in the city and of what he should do there
+in the future, of Edith Carson, sitting in the cheap dance hall and
+of the evenings he had spent with her, of the barber on the park bench
+talking of women and of his life with his mother when he was a boy in
+the mining town.
+
+As the carriage climbed slowly up the hill followed by the miners
+McGregor began to love his mother. For the first time he realised that
+her life was full of meaning and that in her woman's way she had been
+quite as heroic in her years of patient toil as had been her man Cracked
+McGregor when he ran to his death in the burning mine. McGregor's hands
+began to tremble and his shoulders straightened. He became conscious of
+the men, the dumb blackened children of toil dragging their weary legs
+up the hill.
+
+For what? McGregor stood up in the carriage and turning about looked at
+the men. Then he fell upon his knees on the carriage seat and watched
+them eagerly, his soul crying out to something he thought must be hidden
+away among the black mass of them, something that was the keynote of
+their lives, something for which he had not looked and in which he had
+not believed.
+
+McGregor, kneeling in the open carriage at the top of the hill and
+watching the marching men slowly toiling upward, had of a sudden one
+of those strange awakenings that are the reward of stoutness in stout
+souls. A strong wind lifted the smoke from the coke ovens and blew it
+up the face of the hill on the farther side of the valley and the wind
+seemed to have lifted also some of the haze that had covered his eyes.
+At the foot of the hill along the railroad he could see the little
+stream, one of the blood red streams of the mine country, and the dull
+red houses of the miners. The red of the coke ovens, the red sun setting
+behind the hills to the west and last of all the red stream flowing like
+a river of blood down through the valley made a scene that burned itself
+into the brain of the miner's son. A lump came into his throat and for
+a moment he tried vainly to get back his old satisfying hate of the town
+and the miners but it would not come. Long he looked down the hill
+to where the miners of the night shift marched up the hill after the
+carriage and the slowly moving hearse. It seemed to him that they like
+himself were marching up out of the smoke and the little squalid houses
+away from the shores of the blood red river into something new. What?
+McGregor shook his head slowly like an animal in pain. He wanted
+something for himself, for all these men. It seemed to him that he would
+gladly lie dead like Nance McGregor to know the secret of that want.
+
+And then as though in answer to the cry out of his heart the file of
+marching men fell into step. An instantaneous impulse seemed to run
+through the ranks of stooped toiling figures. Perhaps they also looking
+backward had caught the magnificence of the picture scrawled across
+the landscape in black and red and had been moved by it so that their
+shoulders straightened and the long subdued song of life began to sing
+in their bodies. With a swing the marching men fell into step. Into the
+mind of McGregor flashed a thought of another day when he had stood upon
+this same hill with the half crazed man who stuffed birds and sat upon
+a log by the roadside reading the Bible and how he had hated these men
+because they did not march with orderly precision like the soldiers who
+came to subdue them. In a flash he knew that he who had hated the miners
+hated them no more. With Napoleonic insight he read a lesson into the
+accident of the men's falling into step behind his carriage. A big grim
+thought flashed into his brain. "Some day a man will come who will swing
+all of the workers of the world into step like that," he thought. "He
+will make them conquer, not one another but the terrifying disorder
+of life. If their lives have been wrecked by disorder it is not their
+fault. They have been betrayed by the ambitions of their leaders, all
+men have betrayed them." McGregor thought that his mind swept down over
+the men, that the impulses of his mind like living things ran among
+them, crying to them, touching them, caressing them. Love invaded
+his spirit and made his body tingle. He thought of the workers in the
+Chicago warehouse and of the millions of others workers who in that
+great city, in all cities, everywhere, went at the end of the day
+shuffling off along the streets to their houses carrying with them no
+song, no hope, nothing but a few paltry dollars with which to buy food
+and keep the endless hurtful scheme of things alive. "There is a curse
+on my country," he cried. "Everyone has come here for gain, to grow
+rich, to achieve. Suppose they should begin to want to live here.
+Suppose they should quit thinking of gain, leaders and followers of
+leaders. They are children. Suppose like children they should begin
+to play a bigger game. Suppose they could just learn to march, nothing
+else. Suppose they should begin to do with their bodies what their minds
+are not strong enough to do--to just learn the one simple thing, to
+march, whenever two or four or a thousand of them get together, to
+march."
+
+McGregor's thoughts moved him so that he wanted to yell. Instead
+his face grew stern and he tried to command himself. "No, wait," he
+whispered. "Train yourself. Here is something to give point to your
+life. Be patient and wait." Again his thoughts swept away, running down
+to the advancing men. Tears came into his eyes. "Men have taught them
+that big lesson only when they wanted to kill. This must be different.
+Some one must teach them the big lesson just for their own sakes,
+that they also may know. They must march fear and disorder and
+purposelessness away. That must come first."
+
+McGregor turned and compelled himself to sit quietly beside the minister
+in the carriage. He became bitter against the leaders of men, the
+figures in old history that had once loomed so big in his mind.
+
+"They have half taught them the secret only to betray them," he
+muttered. "The men of books and of brains have done the same. That
+loose-jawed fellow in the street last night--there must be thousands
+of such, talking until their jaws hang loose like worn-out gates. Words
+mean nothing but when a man marches with a thousand other men and is
+not doing it for the glory of some king, then it will mean something. He
+will know then that he is a part of something real and he will catch the
+rhythm of the mass and glory in the fact that he is a part of the
+mass and that the mass has meaning. He will begin to feel great and
+powerful." McGregor smiled grimly. "That is what the great leaders of
+armies have known," he whispered. "And they have sold men out. They have
+used that knowledge to subdue men, to make them serve their own little
+ends."
+
+McGregor continued to look back at the men and in an odd sort of way
+to wonder at himself and the thought that had come to him. "It can be
+done," he presently said aloud. "It will be done by some one, sometime.
+Why not by me?"
+
+They buried Nance McGregor in the deep hole dug by her son before
+the log on the hillside. On the morning of his arrival he had secured
+permission of the mining company who owned the land to make this the
+burial place of the McGregors.
+
+When the service over the grave was finished he looked about him at the
+miners, standing uncovered along the hill and in the road leading down
+into the valley, and felt that he should like to tell them what was in
+his mind. He had an impulse to jump upon the log beside the grave and in
+the presence of the green fields his father loved and across the grave
+of Nance McGregor shout to them saying, "Your cause shall be my cause.
+My brain and strength shall be yours. Your enemies I shall smite with
+my naked fist." Instead he walked rapidly past them and topping the hill
+went down toward the town into the gathering night.
+
+McGregor could not sleep on that last night he was ever to spend in Coal
+Creek. When darkness came he went along the street and stood at the
+foot of the stairs leading to the home of the undertaker's daughter. The
+emotions that had swept over him during the afternoon had subdued his
+spirit and he wanted to be with some one who would also be subdued
+and quiet. When the woman did not come down the stairs to stand in the
+hallway as she had done in his boyhood he went up and knocked at her
+door. Together they went along Main Street and climbed the hill.
+
+The undertaker's daughter walked with difficulty and was compelled to
+stop and sit upon a stone by the roadside. When she attempted to rise
+McGregor gathered her into his arms and when she protested patted her
+thin shoulder with his big hand and whispered to her. "Be quiet," he
+said. "Do not talk about anything. Just be quiet."
+
+The nights in the hills above mining towns are magnificent. The long
+valleys, cut and slashed by the railroads and made ugly by the squalid
+little houses of the miners are half lost in the soft blackness. Out
+of the darkness sounds emerge. Coal cars creak and protest as they are
+pushed along rails. Voices cry out. With a long reverberating rattle one
+of the mine cars dumps its load down a metal chute into a car standing
+on the railroad tracks. In the winter little fires are started along the
+tracks by the workmen who are employed about the tipple and on summer
+nights the moon comes out and touches with wild beauty the banks of
+black smoke that drift upward from the long rows of coke ovens.
+
+With the sick woman in his arms McGregor sat in silence on the hillside
+above Coal Creek and let new thoughts and new impulses play with his
+spirit. The love for the figure of his mother that had come to him
+during the afternoon returned and he took the woman of the mine country
+into his arms and held her closely against his breast.
+
+The struggling man in the hills of his own country, who was trying to
+clear his soul of the hatred of men bred in him by the disorder of life,
+lifted his head and pressed the body of the undertaker's daughter hard
+against his own body. The woman, understanding his mood, picked with her
+thin fingers at his coat and wished she might die there in the darkness
+in the arms of the man she loved. When he became conscious of her
+presence and relaxed the grip of his arms about her shoulders she lay
+still and waited for him to forget again and again to press her tightly
+and let her feel in her worn-out body his massive strength and virility.
+
+"It is a job. It is something big I can try to do," he whispered to
+himself and in fancy saw the great disorderly city on the western plains
+rocked by the swing and rhythm of men, aroused and awakening with their
+bodies a song of new life.
+
+
+
+
+
+BOOK IV
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+
+Chicago is a vast city and millions of people live within the limits of
+its influence. It stands at the heart of America almost within sound
+of the creaking green leaves of the corn in the vast corn fields of the
+Mississippi Valley. It is inhabited by hordes of men of all nations who
+have come across the seas or out of western corn--shipping towns to make
+their fortunes. On all sides men are busy making fortunes.
+
+In little Polish villages the word has been whispered about, "In America
+one gets much money," and adventurous souls have set forth only to land
+at last, a little perplexed and disconcerted, in narrow ill--smelling
+rooms in Halstead Street in Chicago.
+
+In American villages the tale has been told. Here it has not been
+whispered but shouted. Magazines and newspapers have done the job. The
+word regarding the making of money runs over the land like a wind among
+the corn. The young men listen and run away to Chicago. They have vigour
+and youth but in them has been builded no dream no tradition of devotion
+to anything but gain.
+
+Chicago is one vast gulf of disorder. Here is the passion for gain,
+the very spirit of the bourgeoise gone drunk with desire. The result is
+something terrible. Chicago is leaderless, purposeless, slovenly, down
+at the heels.
+
+And back of Chicago lie the long corn fields that are not disorderly.
+There is hope in the corn. Spring comes and the corn is green. It shoots
+up out of the black land and stands up in orderly rows. The corn grows
+and thinks of nothing but growth. Fruition comes to the corn and it is
+cut down and disappears. Barns are filled to bursting with the yellow
+fruit of the corn.
+
+And Chicago has forgotten the lesson of the corn. All men have
+forgotten. It has never been told to the young men who come out of the
+corn fields to live in the city.
+
+Once and once only in modern times the soul of America was stirred.
+The Civil War swept like a purifying fire through the land. Men marched
+together and knew the feel of shoulder to shoulder action. Brown stout
+bearded figures returned after the war to the villages. The beginning of
+a literature of strength and virility arose.
+
+And then the time of sorrow and of stirring effort passed and prosperity
+returned. Only the aged are now cemented together by the sorrow of that
+time and there has been no new national sorrow.
+
+It is a summer evening in America and the citizens sit in their houses
+after the effort of the day. They talk of the children in school or of
+the new difficulty of meeting the high prices of food stuff. In cities
+the bands play in the parks. In villages the lights go out and one hears
+the sound of hurrying horses on distant roads.
+
+A thoughtful man walking in the streets of Chicago on such an evening
+sees women in white shirt waists and men with cigars in their mouths
+who sit on the porches of the houses. The man is from Ohio. He owns a
+factory in one of the large industrial towns there and has come to
+the city to sell his product. He is a man of the better sort, quiet,
+efficient, kindly. In his own community every one respects him and he
+respects himself. Now he walks and gives himself over to thoughts. He
+passes a house set among trees where a man cuts grass by the streaming
+light from a window. The song of the lawn mower stirs the walker. He
+idles along the street and looks in through the windows at Prints upon
+the walls. A white--clad woman sits playing on a piano. "Life is
+good," he says, lighting a cigar; "it climbs on and up toward a kind of
+universal fairness."
+
+And then in the light from a street lamp the walker sees a man
+staggering along the sidewalk, muttering and helping himself with his
+hands upon a wall. The sight does not greatly disturb the pleasant
+satisfying thoughts that stir in his mind. He has eaten a good dinner
+at the hotel, he knows that drunken men are often but gay money-spending
+dogs who to-morrow morning will settle down to their work feeling
+secretly better for the night of wine and song.
+
+My thoughtful man is an American with the disease of comfort and
+prosperity in his blood. He strolls along and turns a corner. He is
+satisfied with the cigar he smokes and, he decides, satisfied with the
+age in which he lives. "Agitators may howl," he says, "but on the whole
+life is good, and as for me I am going to spend my life attending to the
+business in hand."
+
+The walker has turned a corner into a side street. Two men emerge from
+the door of a saloon and stand upon the sidewalk under a light. They
+wave their arms up and down. Suddenly one of them springs forward and
+with a quick forward thrust of his body and the flash of a clenched fist
+in the lamp light knocks his companion into the gutter. Down the street
+he sees rows of tall smoke-begrimed brick buildings hanging black
+and ominous against the sky. At the end of a street a huge mechanical
+apparatus lifts cars of coal and dumps them roaring and rattling into
+the bowels of a ship that lies tied in the river.
+
+The walker throws his cigar away and looks about. A man walks before
+him in the silent street. He sees the man raise his fist to the sky
+and notes with a shock the movement of the lips and the hugeness and
+ugliness of the face in the lamplight.
+
+Again he goes on, hurrying now, around another corner into a street
+filled with pawn shops, clothing stores and the clamour of voices. In
+his mind floats a picture. He sees two boys, clad in white rompers,
+feeding clover to a tame rabbit in a suburban back lawn and wishes he
+were at home in his own place. In his fancy the two sons are walking
+under apple trees and laughing and tusseling for a great bundle of newly
+pulled sweet smelling clover. The strange looking red man with the huge
+face he has seen in the street is looking at the two children over a
+garden wall. There is a threat in the look and the threat alarms him.
+Into his mind comes the notion that the man who looks over the wall
+wants to destroy the future of his children.
+
+The night advances. Down a stairway beside a clothing store comes a
+woman with gleaming white teeth who is clad in a black dress. She makes
+a Peculiar little jerking movement with her head to the walker. A patrol
+wagon with clanging bells rushes through the street, two blue clad
+policemen sitting stiffly in the seat. A boy--he can't be above
+six--runs along the street pushing soiled newspapers under the noses of
+idlers on the corners, his shrill childish voice rises above the din of
+the trolley cars and the clanging notes of the patrol wagon.
+
+The walker throws his cigar into the gutter and climbing the steps of a
+street car goes back to his hotel. His fine reflective mood is gone. He
+half wishes that something lovely might come into American life but the
+wish does not persist. He is only irritated and feels that a pleasant
+evening has been in some way spoiled. He is wondering if he will be
+successful in the business that brought him to the city. As he turns out
+the light in his room and putting his head upon the pillow listens to
+the noises of the city merged now into a quiet droning roar he thinks of
+the brick factory on the banks of the river in Ohio and as he falls
+into sleep the face of the red-haired man lowers at him from the factory
+door.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+When McGregor returned to the city after the burial of his mother he
+began at once to try to put his idea of the marching men into form.
+For a long time he did not know how to begin. The idea was vague and
+shadowy. It belonged to the nights in the hills of his own country and
+seemed a little absurd when he tried to think of it in the daylight of
+North State Street in Chicago.
+
+McGregor felt that he had to prepare himself. He believed that he could
+study books and learn much from men's ideas expressed in books without
+being overwhelmed by their thoughts. He became a student and quit
+the place in the apple-warehouse to the secret relief of the little
+bright-eyed superintendent who had never been able to get himself up to
+the point of raging at this big red fellow as he had raged at the German
+before McGregor's time. The warehouse man felt that during the meeting
+on the corner before the saloon on the day McGregor began to work for
+him something had happened. The miner's son had unmanned him. "A man
+ought to be boss in his own place," he sometimes muttered to himself,
+as he walked in the passageways among rows of piled apple barrels in
+the upper part of the warehouse wondering why the presence of McGregor
+irritated him.
+
+From six o'clock in the evening until two in the morning McGregor now
+worked as night-cashier in a restaurant on South State Street below Van
+Buren and from two until seven in the morning he slept in a room whose
+windows looked down into Michigan Boulevard. On Thursday he was
+free, his place being taken for the evening by the man who owned the
+restaurant, a small excitable Irishman by the name of Tom O'Toole.
+
+McGregor got his chance to become a student through the bank account
+belonging to Edith Carson. The opportunity arose in this way. On a
+summer evening after his return from Pennsylvania he sat with her in the
+darkened store back of the closed screen door. McGregor was morose and
+silent. On the evening before he had tried to talk to several men at the
+warehouse about the Marching Men and they had not understood. He blamed
+his inability with words and sat in the half darkness with his face in
+his hands and looked up the street saying nothing and thinking bitter
+thoughts.
+
+The idea that had come to him made him half drunk with its possibilities
+and he knew that he must not let it make him drunk. He wanted to begin
+forcing men to do the simple thing full of meaning rather than the
+disorganised ineffective things and he had an ever-present inclination
+to arise, to stretch himself, to run into the streets and with his great
+arms see if he could not sweep the people before him, starting them on
+the long purposeful march that was to be the beginning of the rebirth of
+the world and that was to fill with meaning the lives of men. Then when
+he had walked the fever out of his blood and had frightened the people
+in the streets by the grim look in his face he tried to school himself
+to sit quietly waiting.
+
+The woman sitting beside him in a low rocking chair began trying to tell
+him of something that had been in her mind. Her heart jumped and she
+talked slowly, pausing between sentences to conceal the trembling of her
+voice. "Would it help you in what you want to do if you could quit at
+the warehouse and spend your days in study?" she asked.
+
+McGregor looked at her and nodded his head absent-mindedly. He thought
+of the nights in his room when the hard heavy work of the day in the
+warehouse seemed to have benumbed his brain.
+
+"Besides the business here I have seventeen hundred dollars in the
+savings bank," said Edith, turning aside to conceal the eager hopeful
+look in her eyes. "I want to invest it. I do not want it lying there
+doing nothing. I want you to take it and make a lawyer of yourself."
+
+Edith sat rigid in her chair waiting for his answer. She felt that she
+had put him to a test. In her mind was a new hope. "If he takes it he
+will not be walking out at the door some night and never coming back."
+
+McGregor tried to think. He had not tried to explain to her his new
+notion of life and did not know how to begin.
+
+"After all why not stick to my plan and be a lawyer?" he asked himself.
+"That might open the door. I'll do that," he said aloud to the woman.
+"Both you and mother have talked of it so I'll give it a trial. Yes,
+I'll take the money."
+
+Again he looked at her as she sat before him flushed and eager and was
+touched by her devotion as he had been touched by the devotion of
+the undertaker's daughter in Coal Creek. "I don't mind being under
+obligations to you," he said; "I don't know any one else I would take it
+from."
+
+In the street later the troubled man walked about trying to make new
+plans for the accomplishment of his purpose. He was annoyed by what he
+thought to be the dulness of his own brain and he thrust his fist up
+into the air to look at it in the lamplight. "I'll get ready to use that
+intelligently," he thought; "a man wants trained brains backed up by a
+big fist in the struggle I'm going into."
+
+It was then that the man from Ohio walked past with his hands in his
+pockets and attracted his attention. To McGregor's nostrils came the
+odour of rich fragrant tobacco. He turned and stood staring at the
+intruder on his thoughts. "That's what I am going to fight," he growled;
+"the comfortable well-to-do acceptance of a disorderly world, the
+smug men who see nothing wrong with a world like this. I would like to
+frighten them so that they throw their cigars away and run about like
+ants when you kick over ant hills in the field."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+
+McGregor began to attend some classes at Chicago University and walked
+about among the massive buildings, erected for the most part through the
+bounty of one of his country's leading business men, wondering why the
+great centre of learning seemed so little a part of the city. To him
+the University seemed something entirely apart, not in tune with its
+surrounding. It was like an expensive ornament worn on the soiled hand
+of a street urchin. He did not stay there long.
+
+One day he got into disfavour with the professor in one of the classes.
+He sat in a room among other students, his mind busy with thoughts of
+the future and of how he might get his movement of the marching men
+under way. In a chair beside him sat a large girl with blue eyes and
+hair like yellow wheat. She like McGregor was unconscious of what was
+going on about her and sat with half-closed eyes watching him. In the
+corners of her eyes lurked a gleam of amusement. She drew sketches of
+his huge mouth and nose on a pad of Paper.
+
+At McGregor's left with his legs sprawled into the aisle sat a youth who
+was thinking of the yellow-haired girl and planning a campaign against
+her. His father was a manufacturer of berry boxes in a brick building on
+the West Side and he wished he were in school in another city so that
+it would not be necessary to live at home. All day he thought of the
+evening meal and of the coming of his father, nervous and tired, to
+quarrel with his mother about the management of the servants. Now he was
+trying to evolve a plan for getting money from his mother with which to
+enjoy a dinner at a downtown restaurant. With delight he contemplated
+such an evening with a box of cigarettes on the table and the
+yellow-haired girl sitting opposite him under red lights. He was
+a typical American youth of the upper middle class and was in the
+University only because he was in no hurry to begin his life in the
+commercial world.
+
+In front of McGregor sat another typical student, a pale nervous young
+man who drummed with his fingers on the back of a book. He was very
+serious about acquiring learning and when the professor paused in his
+talk he threw up his hands and asked a question. When the professor
+smiled he laughed loudly. He was like an instrument on which the
+professor struck chords.
+
+The professor, a short man with a bushy black beard, heavy shoulders
+and large powerful eye-glasses, spoke in a shrill voice surcharged with
+excitement.
+
+"The world is full of unrest," he said; "men are struggling like chicks
+in the shell. In the hinterland of every man's mind uneasy thoughts
+stir. I call your attention to what is going on in the Universities of
+Germany."
+
+The professor paused and glared about. McGregor was so irritated by
+what he took to be the wordiness of the man that he could not restrain
+himself. He felt as he had felt when the socialist orator talked on the
+streets of Coal Creek. With an oath he arose and kicked out his foot to
+push his chair away. The pad of paper fell out of the large girl's lap
+and scattered its leaves about the floor. A light burned in McGregor's
+blue eyes. As he stood in the classroom before the startled class his
+head, big and red, had something of nobility about it like the head of
+a fine beast. His voice rumbled out of his throat and the girl looked at
+him, her mouth standing open.
+
+"We go from room to room hearing talk," began McGregor. "On the street
+corners downtown in the evenings and in towns and villages men talk
+and talk. Books are written, jaws wag. The jaws of men are loose. They
+wabble about--saying nothing."
+
+McGregor's excitement grew. "If there is all this unrest why does it not
+come to something?" he demanded. "Why do not you who have trained brains
+strive to find the secret of order in the midst of this disorder? Why is
+something not done?"
+
+The professor ran up and down on the platform. "I do not know what you
+mean," he cried nervously. McGregor turned slowly and stared at the
+class. He tried to explain. "Why do not men lead their lives like men?"
+he asked. "They must be taught to march, hundreds of thousands of men.
+Do you not think so?"
+
+McGregor's voice rose and his great fist was raised. "The world should
+become a great camp," he cried. "The brains of the world should be
+at the organisation of mankind. Everywhere there is disorder and men
+chatter like monkeys in a cage. Why should some man not begin the
+organisation of a new army? If there are men who do not understand what
+is meant let them be knocked down."
+
+The professor leaned forward and peered through his spectacles at
+McGregor. "I understand your kind," he said, and his voice trembled.
+"The class is dismissed. We deprecate violence here."
+
+The professor hurried through a door and down a long hallway with the
+class chattering at his heels. McGregor sat in his chair in the empty
+class room and stared at the wall. As the professor hurried away he
+muttered to himself: "What's getting in here? What's getting into our
+schools?"
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Late on the following afternoon McGregor sat in his room thinking of
+what had happened in the class. He had decided that he would not spend
+any more time at the University but would devote himself entirely to the
+study of law. Several young men came in.
+
+Among the students at the University McGregor had seemed very old.
+Secretly he was much admired and had often been the subject of talk.
+Those who had now come to see him wanted him to join a Greek Letter
+Fraternity. They sat about his room, on the window sill and on a trunk
+by the wall. They smoked pipes and were boyishly eager and enthusiastic.
+A glow shone in the cheeks of the spokesman--a clean-looking youth
+with black curly hair and round pink--and--white cheeks, the son of a
+Presbyterian minister from Iowa.
+
+"You have been picked by our fellows to be one of us," said the
+spokesman. "We want you to become an Alpha Beta Pi. It is a grand
+fraternity with chapters in the best schools in the country. Let me tell
+you."
+
+He began reeling off a list of names of statesmen, college professors,
+business men and well known athletes who belonged to the order.
+
+McGregor sat by the wall looking at his guests and wondering what he
+would say. He was a little amused and half hurt and felt like a man who
+has had a Sunday School scholar stop him on the street to ask him about
+the welfare of his soul. He thought of Edith Carson waiting for him in
+her store on Monroe Street, of the angry miners standing in the saloon
+in Coal Creek plotting to break into the restaurant while he sat with
+the hammer in his hands waiting for battle, of old Mother Misery walking
+at the heels of the soldiers' horses through the streets of the
+mining village, and last of all of the terrible certainty that these
+bright-eyed boys would be destroyed, swallowed up by the huge commercial
+city in which they were to live.
+
+"It means a lot to be one of us when a chap gets out into the world,"
+the curly-haired youth said. "It helps you get on, get in with the right
+people. You can't go on without men you know. You ought to get in with
+the best fellows." He hesitated and looked at the floor. "I don't mind
+telling you," he said with an outburst of frankness, "that one of our
+stronger men--Whiteside, the mathematician--wanted us to have you. He
+said you were worth while. He thought you ought to see us and get to
+know us and that we ought to see and get to know you."
+
+McGregor got up and took his hat from a nail on the wall. He felt the
+utter futility of trying to express what was in his mind and walked down
+the stairs to the street with the file of boys following in embarrassed
+silence and stumbling in the darkness of the hallway at his heels.
+At the street door he stopped and faced them, struggling to put his
+thoughts into words.
+
+"I can't do what you ask," he said. "I like you and like your asking me
+to come in with you, but I'm going to quit the University." His voice
+softened. "I would like to have you for friends," he added. "You say a
+man needs to know people after awhile. Well, I would like to know you
+while you are what you are now. I don't want to know you after you
+become what you will become."
+
+McGregor turned and ran down the remaining steps to the stone sidewalk
+and went rapidly up the street. A stern hard look was in his face and
+he knew he would spend a silent night thinking of what had happened. "I
+hate hitting boys," he thought as he hurried away to his evening's work
+at the restaurant.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+
+When McGregor was admitted to the bar and ready to take his place among
+the thousands of young lawyers scattered over the Chicago loop district
+he half drew back from beginning the practice of his profession. To
+spend his life quibbling over trifles with other lawyers was not what
+he wanted. To have his place in life fixed by his ability in quibbling
+seemed to him hideous.
+
+Night after night he walked alone in the streets thinking of the
+matter. He grew angry and swore. Sometimes he was so stirred by the
+meaninglessness of whatever way of life offered itself that he was
+tempted to leave the city and become a tramp, one of the hordes of
+adventurous dissatisfied souls who spend their lives drifting back and
+forth along the American railroads.
+
+He continued to work in the South State Street restaurant that got its
+patronage from the underworld. In the evenings from six until twelve
+trade was quiet and he sat reading books and watching the restless
+thrashing crowds that passed the window. Sometimes he became so absorbed
+that one of the guests sidled past and escaped through the door without
+paying his bill. In State Street the people moved up and down nervously,
+wandering here and there, going without purpose like cattle confined in
+a corral. Women in cheap imitations of the gowns worn by their sisters
+two blocks away in Michigan Avenue and with painted faces leered at the
+men. In gaudily lighted store-rooms that housed cheap suggestive shows
+pianos kept up a constant din.
+
+In the eyes of the people who idled away the evenings in South State
+Street was the vacant purposeless stare of modern life accentuated and
+made horrible. With the stare went the shuffling walk, the wagging jaw,
+the saying of words meaning nothing. On the wall of a building
+opposite the door of the restaurant hung a banner marked "Socialist
+Headquarters." There where modern life had found well-nigh perfect
+expression, where there was no discipline and no order, where men
+did not move, but drifted like sticks on a sea-washed beach, hung the
+socialist banner with its promise of the co-operative commonwealth.
+
+McGregor looked at the banner and at the moving people and was lost
+in meditation. Walking from behind the cashier's desk he stood in the
+street by the door and stared about. A fire began to burn in his eyes
+and the fists that were thrust into his coat pockets were clenched.
+Again as when he was a boy in Coal Creek he hated the people. The fine
+love of mankind that had its basis in a dream of mankind galvanised by
+some great passion into order and meaning was lost.
+
+In the restaurant after midnight trade briskened Waiters and bartenders
+from fashionable restaurants of the loop district began to drop in to
+meet friends from among the women of the town. When a woman came in
+she walked up to one of these young men. "What kind of a night have you
+had?" they asked each other.
+
+The visiting waiters stood about and talked in low tones. As they
+talked they absentmindedly practised the art of withholding money from
+customers, a source of income to them. They played with coins, pitched
+them into the air, palmed them, made them appear and disappear with
+marvellous rapidity. Some of them sat on stools along the counter eating
+pie and drinking cups of hot coffee.
+
+A cook clad in a long dirty apron came into the room from the kitchen
+and putting a dish on the counter stood eating its contents. He tried to
+win the admiration of the idlers by boasting. In a blustering voice he
+called familiarly to women seated at tables along the wall. At some time
+in his life the cook had worked for a travelling circus and he talked
+continually of his adventures on the road, striving to make himself a
+hero in the eyes of his audience.
+
+McGregor read the book that lay before him on the counter and tried to
+forget the squalid disorder of his surroundings. Again he read of the
+great figures of history, the soldiers and statesmen who have been
+leaders of men. When the cook asked him a question or made some remark
+intended for his ears he looked up, nodded and read again. When a
+disturbance started in the room he growled out a command and the
+disturbance subsided. From time to time well dressed middle-aged men,
+half gone in drink, came and leaned over the counter to whisper to him.
+He made a motion with his hand to one of the women sitting at the tables
+along the wall and idly playing with toothpicks. When she came to him he
+pointed to the man and said, "He wants to buy you a dinner."
+
+The women of the underworld sat at the tables and talked of McGregor,
+each secretly wishing he might become her lover. They gossiped like
+suburban wives, filling their talk with vague reference to things he had
+said. They commented upon his clothes and his reading. When he looked at
+them they smiled and stirred uneasily about like timid children.
+
+One of the women of the underworld, a thin woman with hollow red cheeks,
+sat at a table talking with the other women of the raising of white
+leghorn chickens. She and her husband, a fat old roan, a waiter in a
+loop restaurant, had bought a ten-acre farm in the country and she was
+helping to pay for it with the money made in the streets in the evening.
+A small black-eyed woman who sat beside the chicken raiser reached up
+to a raincoat hanging on the wall and taking a piece of white cloth from
+the pocket began to work out a design in pale blue flowers for the front
+of a shirtwaist. A youth with unhealthy looking skin sat on a stool by
+the counter talking to a waiter.
+
+"The reformers have raised hell with business," the youth boasted as he
+looked about to be sure of listeners. "I used to have four women working
+for me here in State Street in World's Fair year and now I have only one
+and she crying and sick half the time."
+
+McGregor stopped reading the book. "In every city there is a vice
+spot, a place from which diseases go out to poison the people. The
+best legislative brains in the world have made no progress against this
+evil," it said.
+
+He closed the book, threw it away from him and looked at his big fist
+lying on the counter and at the youth talking boastfully to the waiter.
+A smile played about the corners of his mouth. He opened and closed his
+fist reflectively. Then taking a law book from a shelf below the counter
+he began reading again, moving his lips and resting his head upon his
+hands.
+
+McGregor's law office was upstairs over a secondhand clothing store in
+Van Buren Street. There he sat at his desk reading and waiting and at
+night he returned to the State Street restaurant. Now and then he went
+to the Harrison Street police station to hear a police court trial and
+through the influence of O'Toole was occasionally given a case that
+netted him a few dollars. He tried to think that the years spent in
+Chicago were years of training. In his own mind he knew what he wanted
+to do but did not know how to begin. Instinctively he waited. He saw the
+march and countermarch of events in the lives of the people tramping on
+the sidewalks below his office window, saw in his mind the miners of the
+Pennsylvania village coming down from the hills to disappear below
+the ground, looked at the girls hurrying through the swinging doors of
+department stores in the early morning, wondering which of them would
+presently sit idling with toothpicks in O'Toole's and waited for the
+word or the stir on the surface of that sea of humanity that would be
+a sign to him. To an onlooker he might have seemed but another of the
+wasted men of modern life, a drifter on the sea of things--but it was
+not so. The people plunging through the streets afire with earnestness
+concerning nothing had not succeeded in sucking him into the whirlpool
+of commercialism in which they struggled and into which year after year
+the best of America's youth was drawn.
+
+The idea that had come into his mind as he sat on the hill above the
+mining town grew and grew. Day and night he dreamed of the actual
+physical phenomena of the men of labour marching their way into power
+and of the thunder of a million feet rocking the world and driving the
+great song of order purpose and discipline into the soul of Americans.
+
+Sometimes it seemed to him that the dream would never be more than a
+dream. In the dusty little office he sat and tears came into his eyes.
+At such times he was convinced that mankind would go on forever along
+the old road, that youth would continue always to grow into manhood,
+become fat, decay and die with the great swing and rhythm of life a
+meaningless mystery to them. "They will see the seasons and the planets
+marching through space but they will not march," he muttered, and went
+to stand by the window and stare down into the dirt and disorder of the
+street below.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+
+In the office McGregor occupied in Van Buren Street there was another
+desk besides his own. The desk was owned by a small man with an
+extraordinary long moustache and with grease spots on the lapel of his
+coat. In the morning he came in and sat in his chair with his feet on
+his desk. He smoked long black stogies and read the morning papers.
+On the glass panel of the door was the inscription, "Henry Hunt,
+Real Estate Broker." When he had finished with the morning papers he
+disappeared, returning tired and dejected late in the afternoon.
+
+The real estate business of Henry Hunt was a myth. Although he bought
+and sold no property he insisted on the title and had in his desk a
+pile of letterheads setting forth the kind of property in which he
+specialised. He had a picture of his daughter, a graduate of the Hyde
+Park High School, in a glass frame on the wall. When he went out at the
+door in the morning he paused to look at McGregor and said, "If any one
+comes in about property tend to them for me. I'll be gone for a while."
+
+Henry Hunt was a collector of tithes for the political bosses of
+the first ward. All day he went from place to place through the ward
+interviewing women, checking their names off a little red book he
+carried in his pocket, promising, demanding, making veiled threats. In
+the evening he sat in his flat overlooking Jackson Park and listened to
+his daughter play on the piano. With all his heart he hated his place
+in life and as he rode back and forth to town on the Illinois Central
+trains he stared at the lake and dreamed of owning a farm and living
+a free life in the country. In his mind he could see the merchants
+standing gossiping on the sidewalk before the stores in an Ohio village
+where he had lived as a boy and in fancy saw himself again a boy,
+driving cows through the village street in the evening and making a
+delightful little slap slap with his bare feet in the deep dust.
+
+It was Henry Hunt in his secret office as collector and lieutenant
+to the "boss" of the first ward who shifted the scenes for McGregor's
+appearance as a public character in Chicago.
+
+One night a young man--son of one of the city's plunging millionaire
+wheat speculators--was found dead in a little blind alley back of a
+resort known as Polk Street Mary's place. He lay crumpled up against
+a board fence quite dead and with a bruise on the side of his head. A
+policeman found him and dragged him to the street light at the corner of
+the alley.
+
+For twenty minutes the policeman had been standing under the light
+swinging his stick. He had heard nothing. A young man came up, touched
+him on the arm and whispered to him. When he turned to go down the alley
+the young man ran away up the street.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The powers that rule the first ward in Chicago were furious when the
+identity of the dead man became known. The "boss," a mild-looking
+blue-eyed little man in a neat grey suit and with a silky moustache,
+stood in his office opening and closing his fists convulsively. Then
+he called a young man and sent for Henry Hunt and a well known police
+official.
+
+For some weeks the newspapers of Chicago had been conducting a campaign
+against vice. Swarms of reporters had over-run the ward. Daily they
+issued word pictures of life in the underworld. On the front pages of
+the papers with senators and governors and millionaires who had divorced
+their wives, appeared also the names of Ugly Brown Chophouse Sam and
+Carolina Kate with descriptions of their places, their hours of closing
+and the class and quantity of their patronage. A drunken man rolled on
+the floor at the back of a Twenty-second Street saloon and robbed of his
+pocketbook had his picture on the front page of the morning papers.
+
+Henry Hunt sat in his office on Van Buren Street trembling with fright.
+He expected to see his name in the paper and his occupation disclosed.
+
+The powers that ruled the First--quiet shrewd men who knew how to make
+and to take profits, the very flower of commercialism--were frightened.
+They saw in the prominence of the dead man a real opportunity for their
+momentary enemies the press. For weeks they had been sitting quietly,
+weathering the storm of public disapproval. In their minds they thought
+of the ward as a kingdom in itself, something foreign and apart from
+the city. Among their followers were men who had not been across the Van
+Buren Street line into foreign territory for years.
+
+Suddenly through the minds of these men floated a menace. Like the small
+soft-speaking boss the ward gripped its fist conclusively. Through the
+streets and alleys ran a cry, a warning. Like birds of prey disturbed in
+their nesting places they fluttered, uttering cries. Throwing his stogie
+into the gutter Henry Hunt ran through the ward. From house to house he
+uttered his cry--"Lay low! Pull off nothing."
+
+The little boss in his office at the front of his saloon looked from
+Henry Hunt to the police official. "It is no time for hesitation," he
+said. "It will prove a boon if we act quickly. We have got to arrest
+and try that murderer and do it now. Who is our man? Quick. Let's have
+action."
+
+Henry Hunt lighted a fresh stogie. He played nervously with the ends of
+his fingers and wished he were out of the ward and safely out of range
+of the prying eyes of the press. In fancy he could hear his daughter
+screaming with horror at the sight of his name spread in glaring letters
+before the world and thought of her with a flush of abhorrence on her
+young face turning from him forever. In his terror his mind darted here
+and there. A name sprang to his lips. "It might have been Andy Brown,"
+he said, puffing at the stogie.
+
+The little boss whirled his chair about. He began picking up the papers
+scattered about his desk. When he spoke his voice was again soft and
+mild. "It was Andy Brown," he said. "Whisper the word about. Let a
+_Tribune_ man locate Brown for you. Handle this right and you will save
+your own scalp and get the fool papers off the back of the First."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The arrest of Brown brought respite to the ward. The prediction of the
+shrewd little boss made good. The newspapers dropped the clamorous
+cry for reform and began demanding instead the life of Andrew Brown.
+Newspaper artists rushed into police headquarters and made hurried
+sketches to appear an hour later blazoned across the face of extras
+on the streets. Grave scientific men got their pictures printed at the
+heads of articles on "Criminal Characteristics of the Head and Face."
+
+An adept and imaginative writer for an afternoon paper spoke of Brown as
+a Jekyll and Hyde of the Tenderloin and hinted at other murders by
+the same hand. From the comparatively quiet life of a not markedly
+industrious yeggman Brown came out of the upper floor of a State Street
+lodging house to stand stoically before the world of men--a storm centre
+about which swirled and eddied the wrath of an aroused city.
+
+The thought that had flashed into the mind of Henry Hunt as he sat in
+the office of the soft-voiced boss was the making of an opportunity for
+McGregor. For months he and Andrew Brown had been friends. The yeggman,
+a strongly built slow talking man, looked like a skilled mechanic of a
+locomotive engineer. Coming into O'Toole's in the quiet hours between
+eight and twelve he sat eating his evening meal and talking in a half
+bantering humorous vein to the young lawyer. In his eyes lurked a kind
+of hard cruelty tempered by indolence. It was he who gave McGregor the
+name that still clings to him in that strange savage land--"Judge Mac,
+the Big 'un."
+
+When he was arrested Brown sent for McGregor and offered to give him
+charge of his case. When the young lawyer refused he was insistent. In
+a cell at the county jail they talked it over. By the door stood a guard
+watching them. McGregor peered into the half darkness and said what he
+thought should be said. "You are in a hole," he began. "You don't want
+me, you want a big name. They're all set to hang you over there." He
+waved his hand in the direction of the First. "They're going to hand you
+over as an answer to a stirred up city. It's a job for the biggest and
+best criminal lawyer in town. Name the man and I'll get him for you and
+help raise the money to pay him."
+
+Andrew Brown got up and walked to McGregor. Looking down at him he spoke
+quickly and determinedly. "You do what I say," he growled. "You take
+this case. I didn't do the job. I was asleep in my room when it was
+pulled off. Now you take the case. You won't clear me. It ain't in the
+cards. But you get the job just the same."
+
+He sat down again upon the iron cot at the corner of the cell. His voice
+became slow and had in it a touch of cynical humour. "Look here, Big
+'un," he said, "the gang's picked my number out of the hat. I'm going
+across but there's good advertising in the job for some one and you get
+it."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+
+The trial of Andrew Brown was both an opportunity and a test for
+McGregor. For a number of years he had lived a lonely life in Chicago.
+He had made no friends and his mind had not been confused by the endless
+babble of small talk on which most of us subsist. Evening after evening
+he had walked alone through the streets and had stood at the door of the
+State Street restaurant a solitary figure aloof from life. Now he was to
+be drawn into the maelstrom. In the past he had been let alone by life.
+The great blessing of isolation had been his and in his isolation he had
+dreamed a big dream. Now the quality of the dream and the strength of
+its hold upon him was to be tested.
+
+McGregor was not to escape the influence of the life of his day.
+Deep human passion lay asleep in his big body. Before the time of his
+Marching Men he had yet to stand the most confusing of all the modern
+tests of men, the beauty of meaningless women and the noisy clamour of
+success that is equally meaningless.
+
+On the day of his conversation with Andrew Brown in the old Cook County
+jail on Chicago's North Side we are therefore to think of McGregor as
+facing these tests. After the talk with Brown he walked along the street
+and came to the bridge that led over the river into the loop district.
+In his heart he knew that he was facing a fight and the thought thrilled
+him. With a new lift to his shoulders he walked over the bridge. He
+looked at the people and again let his heart be filled with contempt for
+them.
+
+He wished that the fight for Brown were a fight with fists. Boarding a
+west side car he sat looking out through the car window at the passing
+crowd and imagined himself among them, striking right and left, gripping
+throats, demanding the truth that would save Brown and set himself up
+before the eyes of men.
+
+When McGregor got to the Monroe Street millinery store it was evening
+and Edith was preparing to go out to the evening meal. He stood looking
+at her. In his voice rang a note of triumph. Out of his contempt for the
+men and women of the underworld came boastfulness. "They have given me
+a job they think I can't do," he said. "I'm to be Brown's counsel in the
+big murder case." He put his hands on her frail shoulders and pulled her
+to the light. "I'm going to knock them over and show them," he boasted.
+"They think they're going to hang Brown--the oily snakes. Well they
+didn't count on me. Brown doesn't count on me. I'm going to show them."
+He laughed noisily in the empty shop.
+
+At a little restaurant McGregor and Edith talked of the test he was to
+go through. As he talked she sat in silence and looked at his red hair.
+
+"Find out if your man Brown has a sweetheart," she said, thinking of
+herself.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+America is the land of murders. Day after day in cities and towns and
+on lonely country roads violent death creeps upon men. Undisciplined and
+disorderly in their way of life the citizens can do nothing. After each
+murder they cry out for new laws which, when they are written into the
+books of laws, the very lawmaker himself breaks. Harried through life
+by clamouring demands, their days leave them no time for the quietude
+in which thoughts grow. After days of meaningless hurry in the city they
+jump upon trains or street cars and hurry through their favourite paper
+to the ball game, the comic pictures and the market reports.
+
+And then something happens. The moment arrives. A murder that might have
+got a single column on an inner page of yesterday's paper today spreads
+its terrible details over everything.
+
+Through the streets hurry the restless scurrying newsboys, stirring the
+crowds with their cries. The men who have passed impatiently the tales
+of a city's shame snatch the papers and read eagerly and exhaustively
+the story of a crime.
+
+And into the midst of such a maelstrom of rumours, hideous impossible
+stories and well-laid plans to defeat the truth, McGregor hurled
+himself. Day after day he wandered through the vice district south of
+Van Buren Street. Prostitutes, pimps, thieves and saloon hangers-on
+looked at him and smiled knowingly. As the days passed and he made no
+progress he became desperate. One day an idea came to him. "I'll go to
+the good looking woman at the settlement house," he told himself. "She
+won't know who killed the boy but she can find out. I'll make her find
+out."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In Margaret Ormsby McGregor was to know what was to him a new kind of
+womanhood, something sure, reliant, hedged about and prepared as a
+good soldier is prepared, to have the best of it in the struggle for
+existence. Something he had not known was yet to make its cry to the
+man.
+
+Margaret Ormsby like McGregor himself had not been defeated by life. She
+was the daughter of David Ormsby, head of the great plough trust with
+headquarters in Chicago, a man who because of a certain fine assurance
+in his attitude toward life had been called "Ormsby the Prince" by his
+associates. Her mother Laura Ormsby was small nervous and intense.
+
+With a self-conscious abandonment, lacking just a shade of utter
+security, Margaret Ormsby, beautiful in body and beautifully clad, went
+here and there among the outcasts of the First Ward. She like all
+women was waiting for an opportunity of which she did not talk even to
+herself. She was something for the single-minded and primitive McGregor
+to approach with caution.
+
+Hurrying along a narrow street lined with cheap saloons McGregor went in
+at the door of the settlement house and sat in a chair at a desk facing
+Margaret Ormsby. He knew something of her work in the First Ward and
+that she was beautiful and self-possessed. He was determined that she
+should help him. Sitting in the chair and looking at her across the
+flat-top desk he choked back into her throat the terse sentences with
+which she was wont to greet visitors.
+
+"It is all very well for you to sit there dressed up and telling me what
+women in your position can do and can't do," he said, "but I've come
+here to tell you what you will do if you are of the kind that want to be
+useful."
+
+The speech of McGregor was a challenge which Margaret, the modern
+daughter of one of our modern great men, could not well let pass. Had
+she not brazened out her timidity to go calmly among prostitutes and
+sordid muttering drunkards, serene in her consciousness of business-like
+purpose? "What is it you want?" she asked sharply.
+
+"You have just two things that will help me," said McGregor; "your
+beauty and your virginity. These things are a kind of magnet, drawing
+the women of the street to you. I know. I've heard them talk.
+
+"There are women who come in here who know who it was killed that boy in
+the passageway and why it was done," McGregor went on. "You're a fetish
+with these women. They are children and they come in here to look at
+you as children peep around curtains at guests sitting in the parlour of
+their houses.
+
+"Well I want you to call these children into the room and let them tell
+you family secrets. The whole ward here knows the story of that killing.
+The air is filled with it. The men and women keep trying to tell me, but
+they're afraid. The police have them scared and they half-tell me and
+then run away like frightened animals.
+
+"I want them to tell you. You don't count with the police down here.
+They think you're too beautiful and too good to touch the real life of
+these people. None of them--the bosses or the police--are watching you.
+I'll keep kicking up dust and you get the information I want. You can do
+the job if you're any good."
+
+After McGregor's speech the woman sat in silence and looked at him. For
+the first time she had met a man who overwhelmed her and was in no way
+diverted by her beauty nor her self--possession. A hot wave, half anger,
+half admiration, swept over her.
+
+McGregor stared at the woman and waited. "I've got to have facts," he
+said. "Give me the story and the names of those who know the story and
+I'll make them tell. I have some facts now--got them by bullying a girl
+and by choking a bartender in an alley. Now I want you in your way to
+put me in the way of getting more facts. You make the women talk and
+tell you and then you tell me."
+
+When McGregor had gone Margaret Ormsby got up from her desk in the
+settlement house and walked across the city toward her father's office.
+She was startled and frightened. In a moment and by the speech and
+manner of this brutal young lawyer she had been made to realise that she
+was but a child in the hands of the forces that played about her in
+the First Ward. Her self--possession was shaken. "If they are
+children--these women of the town--then I am a child, a child swimming
+with them in a sea of hate and ugliness."
+
+A new thought came into her mind. "But he is no child--that McGregor. He
+is a child of nothing. He stands on a rock unshaken."
+
+She tried to become indignant because of the blunt frankness of the
+man's speech. "He talked to me as he would have talked to a woman of the
+streets," she thought. "He was not afraid to assume that at bottom we
+are alike, just playthings in the hands of the man who dares."
+
+In the street she stopped and looked about. Her body trembled and she
+realised that the forces about her had become living things ready to
+pounce upon her. "Anyway, I will do what I can. I will help him. I will
+have to do that," she whispered to herself.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+
+The clearing of Andrew Brown made a sensation in Chicago. At the trial
+McGregor was able to introduce one of those breath-taking dramatic
+climaxes that catch the attention of the mob. At the tense dramatic
+moment of the trial a frightened hush fell upon the court room and that
+evening in their houses men turned instinctively from the reading of the
+papers to look at their beloved sitting about them. A chill of fear ran
+over the bodies of women. For a moment Beaut McGregor had given them a
+peep under the crust of civilisation that awoke an age-old trembling in
+their hearts. In his fervour and impatience McGregor had cried out, not
+against the incidental enemies of Brown but against all modern society
+and its formlessness. To the listeners it seemed that he shook mankind
+by the throat and that by the power and purposefulness of his own
+solitary figure he revealed the pitiful weakness of his fellows.
+
+In the court room McGregor had sat, grim and silent, letting the State
+build up its case. In his face was a challenge. His eyes looked out
+from beneath swollen eyelids. For weeks he had been as tireless as
+a bloodhound running through the First Ward and building his case.
+Policemen had seen him emerge from alleyways at three in the morning,
+the soft spoken boss hearing of his activities had eagerly questioned
+Henry Hunt, a bartender in a dive on Polk Street had felt the grip of a
+hand at his throat and a trembling girl of the town had knelt before him
+in a little dark room begging protection from his wrath. In the court
+room he sat waiting and watching.
+
+When the special counsel for the State, a man of great name in the
+courts, had finished his insistent persistent cry for the blood of
+the silent unemotional Brown, McGregor acted. Springing to his feet he
+shouted hoarsely across the silent court room to a large woman sitting
+among the witnesses. "They have tricked you Mary," he roared. "The tale
+about the pardon after the excitement dies is a lie. They're stringing
+you. They're going to hang Andy Brown. Get up there and tell the naked
+truth or his blood be on your hands."
+
+A furor arose in the crowded court room. Lawyers sprang to their feet,
+objecting, protesting. Above the noise arose a hoarse accusing voice.
+"Keep Polk Street Mary and every woman from her place in here," he
+shouted. "They know who killed your man. Put them back there on the
+stand. They'll tell. Look at them. The truth is coming out of them."
+
+The clamour in the room subsided. The silent red-haired attorney, the
+joke of the case, had scored. Walking in the streets at night the words
+of Edith Carson had come back into his brain, and with the help
+of Margaret Ormsby he had been able to follow a clue given by her
+suggestion.
+
+"Find out if your man Brown has a sweetheart."
+
+In a moment he saw the message the women of the underworld, patrons of
+O'Toole's, had been trying to convey to him. Polk Street Mary was the
+sweetheart of Andy Brown. Now in the silent court room the voice of
+a woman arose broken with sobs. To the listening crowd in the packed
+little room came the story of the tragedy in the darkened house before
+which stood the policeman idly swinging his night stick--the story of a
+girl from an Illinois village procured and sold to the broker's son--of
+the desperate struggle in the little room between the eager lustful man
+and the frightened brave-hearted girl--of the blow with the chair in
+the hands of the girl that brought death to the man--of the women of
+the house trembling on the stairs and the body hastily pitched into the
+passageway.
+
+"They told me they would get Andy off when this blew over," wailed the
+woman.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+McGregor went out of the court room into the street. The glow of victory
+was on him and he strode along with his heart beating high. His way led
+over a bridge into the North Side and in his wanderings he passed the
+apple warehouse where he had made his start in the city and where he had
+fought with the German. When night came he walked in North Clark Street
+and heard the newsboys shouting of his victory. Before him danced a new
+vision, a vision of himself as a big figure in the city. Within himself
+he felt the power to stand forth among men, to outwit them and outfight
+them, to get for himself power and place in the world.
+
+The miner's son was half drunk with the new sense of achievement that
+swept in on him. Out of Clark Street he went and walked east along
+a residence street to the lake. By the lake he saw a street of great
+houses surrounded by gardens and the thought came that at some time he
+might have such a house of his own. The disorderly clatter of modern
+life seemed very far away. When he came to the lake he stood in the
+darkness thinking of the useless rowdy of the mining town suddenly
+become a great lawyer in the city and the blood ran swiftly through his
+body. "I am to be one of the victors, one of the few who emerge,"
+he whispered to himself and with a jump of the heart thought also of
+Margaret Ormsby looking at him with her fine questioning eyes as
+he stood before the men in the court room and by the force of his
+personality pushed his way through a fog of lies to victory and truth.
+
+
+
+
+
+BOOK V
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+
+Margaret Ormsby was a natural product of her age and of American social
+life in our times. As an individual she was lovely. Although her father
+David Ormsby the plough king had come up to his position and his wealth
+out of obscurity and poverty and had known during his early life what
+it was to stand face to face with defeat, he had made it his business to
+see that his daughter had no such experience. The girl had been sent
+to Vassar, she had been taught to catch the fine distinction between
+clothes that are quietly and beautifully expensive and clothes that
+merely look expensive, she knew how to enter a room and how to leave a
+room and had also a strong well trained body and an active mind. Added
+to these things she had, without the least knowledge of life, a vigorous
+and rather high handed confidence in her ability to meet life.
+
+During the years spent in the eastern college Margaret had made up her
+mind that whatever happened she was not going to let her life be dull or
+uninteresting. Once when a girl friend from Chicago came to the college
+to visit her the two went for a day out of doors and sat down upon a
+hillside to talk things over. "We women have been fools," Margaret had
+declared. "If Father and Mother think that I am going to come home and
+marry some stick of a man they are mistaken. I have learned to smoke
+cigarettes and have had my share of a bottle of wine. That may not
+mean anything to you. I do not think it amounts to much either but it
+expresses something. It fairly makes me ill when I think of how men
+have always patronised women. They want to keep evil things away from
+us--Bah! I am sick of that idea and a lot of the other girls here feel
+the same way. What right have they? I suppose some day some little
+whiffit of a business man will set himself up to take care of me. He had
+better not. I tell you there is a new kind of women growing up and I am
+going to be one of them. I am going to adventure, to taste life strongly
+and deeply. Father and Mother might as well make up their minds to
+that."
+
+The excited girl had walked up and down before her companion, a mild
+looking young woman with blue eyes, and had raised her hands above her
+head as though to strike a blow. Her body was like the body of a fine
+young animal standing alert to meet an enemy and her eyes reflected the
+intoxication of her mood. "I want all of life," she cried; "I want the
+lust and the strength and the evil of it. I want to be one of the new
+women, the saviours of our sex."
+
+Between David Ormsby and his daughter there was an unusual bond. Six
+foot three, blue eyed, broad shouldered, his presence had a strength
+and dignity which marked him out among men and the daughter sensed his
+strength. She was right in that. In his way the man was inspired. Under
+his eye the trivialities of plough-making had become the details of a
+fine art. In the factory he never lost the air of command which inspires
+confidence. Foremen running into the office filled with excitement
+because of a break in the machinery or an accident to a workman returned
+to do his bidding quietly and efficiently. Salesmen going from village
+to village to sell ploughs became under his influence filled with
+the zeal of missionaries carrying the gospel to the unenlightened.
+Stockholders of the plough company rushing to him with rumours of coming
+business disaster stayed to write checks for new assessments on their
+stock. He was a man who gave men back their faith in business and their
+faith in men.
+
+To David plough-making was an end in life. Like other men of his type
+he had other interests but they were secondary. In secret he thought
+of himself as capable of a broader culture than most of his daily
+associates and without letting it interfere with his efficiency tried to
+keep in touch with the thoughts and movements of the world by reading.
+After the longest and hardest day in the office he sometimes spent half
+the night over a book in his room.
+
+As Margaret Ormsby grew into womanhood she was a constant source of
+anxiety to her father. To him it seemed that she had passed from an
+awkward and rather jolly girlhood into a peculiarly determined new kind
+of womanhood over night. Her adventurous spirit worried him. One day he
+had sat in his office reading a letter announcing her homecoming. The
+letter seemed no more than a characteristic outburst from an impulsive
+girl who had but yesterday fallen asleep at evening in his arms. It
+confused him to think that an honest ploughmaker should have a letter
+from his little girl talking of the kind of living that he believed
+could only lead a woman to destruction.
+
+And then the next day there sat beside him at his table a new and
+commanding figure demanding his attention. David got up from the table
+and hurried away to his room. He wanted to readjust his thoughts. On his
+desk was a photograph brought home by the daughter from school. He had
+the common experience of being told by the photograph what he had been
+trying to grasp. Instead of a wife and child there were two women in the
+house with him.
+
+Margaret had come out of college a thing of beauty in face and figure.
+Her tall straight well-trained body, her coal-black hair, her soft brown
+eyes, the air she had of being prepared for life's challenge caught
+and held the attention of men. There was in the girl something of her
+father's bigness and not a little of the secret blind desires of her
+mother. To an attentive household on the night of her arrival she
+announced her intention of living her life fully and vividly. "I am
+going to know things I can not get from books," she said. "I am going to
+touch life at many corners, getting the taste of things in my mouth. You
+thought me a child when I wrote home saying that I wouldn't be cooped
+up in the house and married to a tenor in the church choir or to an
+empty-headed young business man but now you are going to see. I am going
+to pay the price if necessary, but I am going to live."
+
+In Chicago Margaret set about the business of living as though nothing
+were needed but strength and energy. In a characteristic American way
+she tried to hustle life. When the men in her own set looked confused
+and shocked by the opinions she expressed she got out of her set and
+made the common mistake of supposing that those who do not work and who
+talk rather glibly of art and of freedom are by that token free men and
+artists.
+
+Still she loved and respected her father. The strength in him made an
+appeal to the native strong-thing in her. To a young socialist writer
+who lived in the settlement house where she presently went to live
+and who sought her out to sit by her desk berating men of wealth and
+position she showed the quality of her ideals by pointing to David
+Ormsby. "My father, the leader of an industrial trust, is a better man
+than all of the noisy reformers that ever lived," she declared. "He
+makes ploughs anyway--makes them well--millions of them. He does not
+spend his time talking and running his ringers through his hair. He
+works and his work has lightened the labours of millions while the
+talkers sit thinking noisy thoughts and getting round-shouldered."
+
+In truth Margaret Ormsby was puzzled. Had she been allowed by a common
+fellowship in living to be a real sister to all other women and to know
+their common heritage of defeat, had she like her father when he was a
+boy but known what it was to walk utterly broken and beaten in the face
+of men and then to rise again and again to battle with life she would
+have been splendid.
+
+She did not know. To her mind any kind of defeat had in it a touch of
+something like immorality. When she saw all about her only a vast mob of
+defeated and confused human beings trying to make headway in the
+midst of a confused social organisation she was beside herself with
+impatience.
+
+The distraught girl turned to her father and tried to get hold of the
+keynote of his life; "I want you to tell me things," she said, but the
+father not understanding only shook his head. It did not occur to him to
+talk to her as to a fine man friend and a kind of bantering half serious
+companionship sprang up between them. The ploughmaker was happy in the
+thought that the jolly girl he had known before his daughter went to
+college had come back to live with him.
+
+After Margaret went to the settlement house she lunched with her father
+almost every day. The hour together in the midst of the din that filled
+their lives became for them both a treasured privilege. Day after day
+they sat for an hour in a fashionable down-town eating place renewing
+and strengthening their comradeship, laughing and talking amid the
+crowds, delightful in their intimacy. With each other they playfully
+took on the air of the two men of affairs, each in turn treating the
+work of the other as something to be passed over lightly. Secretly
+neither believed as he talked.
+
+In her effort to get hold of and move the sordid human wrecks floating
+in and out of the door of the settlement house Margaret thought of her
+father at his desk directing the making of ploughs. "It is clean and
+important work," she thought. "He is a big and effective man."
+
+At his desk in the office of the plough trust David thought of his
+daughter in the settlement house at the edge of the First Ward. "She
+is a white shining thing amid dirt and ugliness," he thought "Her whole
+life is like the life of her mother during the hours when she once lay
+bravely facing death for the sake of a new life."
+
+On the day of her meeting with McGregor, father and daughter sat as
+usual in the restaurant. Men and women passed up and down the long
+carpeted aisles and looked at them admiringly. A waiter stood at
+Ormsby's shoulder anxious for the generous tip. Into the air that hung
+over them, the little secret atmosphere of comradeship they cherished
+so carefully, was thrust the sense of a new personality. Floating in
+Margaret's mind beside the quiet noble face of her father, with its
+stamp of ability and kindliness, was another face--the face of the man
+who had talked to her in the settlement house, not as Margaret Ormsby
+daughter of David Ormsby of the plough trust but as a woman who could
+serve his ends and whom he meant should serve. The vision in her mind
+haunted her and she listened indifferently to the talk of her father.
+She felt that the stern face of the young lawyer with its strong mouth
+and its air of command was as something impending and tried to get back
+the feeling of dislike she had felt when first he thrust himself in at
+the settlement house door. She succeeded only in recalling certain firm
+lines of purpose that offset and tempered the brutality of his face.
+
+Sitting there in the restaurant opposite her father, where day after
+day they had tried so hard to build a real partnership in existence,
+Margaret suddenly burst into tears.
+
+"I have met a man who has compelled me to do what I did not want to do,"
+she explained to the astonished man and then smiled at him through the
+tears that glistened in her eyes.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+
+In Chicago the Ormsbys lived in a large stone house in Drexel Boulevard.
+The house had a history. It was owned by a banker who was a large
+stockholder and one of the directors of the plough trust. Like all
+men who knew him well the banker admired and respected the ability and
+integrity of David Ormsby. When the ploughmaker came to the city from
+a town in Wisconsin to be the master of the plough trust he offered him
+the house to use.
+
+The house had come to the banker from his father, a grim determined old
+money-making merchant of a past generation who had died hated by half
+Chicago after toiling sixteen hours daily for sixty years. In his old
+age the merchant had built the house to express the power wealth had
+given him. It had floors and woodwork cunningly wrought of expensive
+woods by workmen sent to Chicago by a firm in Brussels. In the long
+drawing room at the front of the house hung a chandelier that had cost
+the merchant ten thousand dollars. The stairway leading to the floor
+above was from the palace of a prince in Venice and had been bought for
+the merchant and brought over seas to the house in Chicago.
+
+The banker who inherited the house did not want to live in it. Even
+before the death of his father and after his own unsuccessful marriage
+he lived at a down town club. In his old age the merchant, retired from
+business, lived in the house with another old man, an inventor. He
+could not rest although he had given up business with that end in view.
+Digging a trench in the lawn at the back of the house he with his friend
+spent his days trying to reduce the refuse of one of his factories to
+something having commercial value. Fires burned in the trench and at
+night the grim old man, hands covered with tar, sat in the house under
+the chandelier. After the death of the merchant the house stood empty,
+staring at passers-by in the street, its walks and paths overgrown with
+weeds and rank grass.
+
+David Ormsby fitted into his house. Walking through the long halls or
+sitting smoking his cigar in an easy chair on the wide lawn he looked
+arrayed and environed. The house became a part of him like a well-made
+and intelligently worn suit of clothes. Into the drawing room under the
+ten thousand dollar chandelier he moved a billiard table and the click
+of ivory balls banished the churchliness of the place.
+
+Up and down the stairway moved American girls, friends of Margaret,
+their skirts rustling and their voices running through the huge
+rooms. In the evening after dinner David played billiards. The careful
+calculation of the angles and the English interested him. Playing in the
+evening with Margaret or with a man friend the fatigue of the day passed
+and his honest voice and reverberating laugh brought a smile to the
+lips of people passing in the street. In the evening David brought his
+friends to sit in talk with him on the wide verandas. At times he went
+alone to his room at the top of the house and buried himself in books.
+On Saturday evenings he had a debauch and with a group of friends from
+town sat at a card table in the long parlour playing poker and drinking
+highballs.
+
+Laura Ormsby, Margaret's mother, had never seemed a real part of the
+life about her. Even as a child the daughter had thought her hopelessly
+romantic. Life had treated her too well and from every one about her she
+expected qualities and reactions which in her own person she would not
+have tried to achieve.
+
+David had already begun to rise when he married her, the slender
+brown-haired daughter of a village shoemaker, and even in those days the
+little plough company with its ownership scattered among the merchants
+and farmers of the vicinity had started under his hand to make progress
+in the state. People already spoke of its master as a coming man and of
+Laura as the wife of a coming man.
+
+To Laura this was in some way unsatisfactory. Sitting at home and doing
+nothing she had still a passionate wish to be known as a character, an
+individual, a woman of action. On the street as she walked beside her
+husband, she beamed upon people but when the same people spoke, calling
+them a handsome couple, a flush rose to her cheeks and a flash of
+indignation ran through her brain.
+
+Laura Ormsby lay awake in her bed at night thinking of her life. She had
+a world of fancies in which she at such times lived. In her dream
+world a thousand stirring adventures came to her. She imagined a letter
+received through the mail, telling of an intrigue in which David's name
+was coupled with that of another woman and lay abed quietly hugging the
+thought. She looked at the face of the sleeping David tenderly. "Poor
+hard-pressed boy," she muttered. "I shall be resigned and cheerful and
+lead him gently back to his old place in my heart."
+
+In the morning after a night spent in this dream world Laura looked at
+David, so cool and efficient, and was irritated by his efficiency.
+When he playfully dropped his hand upon her shoulder she drew away and
+sitting opposite him at breakfast watched him reading the morning paper
+all unconscious of the rebel thoughts in her mind.
+
+Once after she had moved to Chicago and after Margaret's return from
+college Laura had the faint suggestion of an adventure. Although it
+turned out tamely it lingered in her mind and in some way sweetened her
+thoughts.
+
+She was alone on a sleeping car coming from New York. A young man sat
+in a seat opposite her and the two fell into talk. As she talked Laura
+imagined herself eloping with the young man and under her lashes looked
+sharply at his weak and pleasant face. She kept the talk alive as others
+in the car crawled away for the night behind the green swaying curtains.
+
+With the young man Laura discussed ideas she had got from reading Ibsen
+and Shaw. She grew bold and daring in the advancing of opinions and
+tried to stir the young man to some overt speech or action that might
+arouse her indignation.
+
+The young man did not understand the middle-aged woman who sat beside
+him and talked so boldly. He knew of but one prominent man named Shaw
+and that man had been governor of Iowa and later a member of the cabinet
+of President McKinley. It startled him to think that a prominent member
+of the Republican party should have such thoughts or express such
+opinions. He talked of fishing in Canada and of a comic opera he had
+seen in New York and at eleven o'clock yawned and disappeared behind
+the green curtains. As the young man lay in his berth he muttered to
+himself, "Now what did that woman want?" A thought came into his mind
+and he reached up to where his trousers swung in a little hammock above
+the window and looked to see that his watch and pocket-book were still
+there.
+
+At home Laura Ormsby nursed the thought of the talk with the strange
+man on the train. In her mind he became something romantic and daring,
+a streak of light across what she was pleased to think of as her sombre
+life.
+
+Sitting at dinner she talked of him describing his charms. "He had
+a wonderful mind and we sat late into the night talking," she said,
+watching the face of David.
+
+When she had spoken Margaret looked up and said laughingly, "Have a
+heart Dad. Here is romance. Do not be blind to it. Mother is trying to
+scare you about an alleged love affair."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+
+One evening three weeks after the great murder trial McGregor took a
+long walk in the streets of Chicago and tried to plan out his life. He
+was troubled and disconcerted by the event that had crowded in upon the
+heels of his dramatic success in the court room and more than troubled
+by the fact that his mind constantly played with the dream of having
+Margaret Ormsby as his wife. In the city he had become a power and
+instead of the names and the pictures of criminals and keepers of
+disorderly houses his name and his picture now appeared on the front
+pages of newspapers. Andrew Leffingwell, the political representative
+in Chicago of a rich and successful publisher of sensational newspapers,
+had visited him in his office and had proposed to make him a political
+figure in the city. Finley a noted criminal lawyer had offered him a
+partnership. The lawyer, a small smiling man with white teeth, had not
+asked McGregor for an immediate decision. In a way he had taken the
+decision for granted. Smiling genially and rolling a cigar across
+McGregor's desk he had spent an hour telling stories of famous court
+room triumphs.
+
+"One such triumph is enough to make a man," he declared. "You have no
+idea how far such a success will carry you. The word of it keeps running
+through men's minds. A tradition is built up. The remembrance of it acts
+upon the minds of jurors. Cases are won for you by the mere connection
+of your name with the case."
+
+McGregor walked slowly and heavily through the streets without seeing
+the people. In Wabash Avenue near Twenty-third Street he stopped in a
+saloon and drank beer. The saloon was in a room below the level of
+the sidewalk and the floor was covered with sawdust. Two half drunken
+labourers stood by the bar quarrelling. One of the labourers who was a
+socialist continually cursed the army and his words started McGregor to
+thinking of the dream he had so long held and that now seemed fading.
+"I was in the army and I know what I am talking about," declared the
+socialist. "There is nothing national about the army. It is a privately
+owned thing. Here it is secretly owned by the capitalists and in Europe
+by the aristocracy. Don't tell me--I know. The army is made up of bums.
+If I'm a bum I became one then. You will see fast enough what fellows
+are in the army if the country is ever caught and drawn into a great
+war."
+
+Becoming excited the socialist raised his voice and pounded on the bar.
+"Hell, we don't know ourselves at all," he cried. "We never have been
+tested. We call ourselves a great nation because we are rich. We are
+like a fat boy who has had too much pie. Yes sir--that's what we are
+here in America and as far as our army goes it is a fat boy's plaything.
+Keep away from it."
+
+McGregor sat in the corner of the saloon and looked about. Men came in
+and went out at the door. A child carried a pail down the short flight
+of steps from the street and ran across the sawdust floor. Her voice,
+thin and sharp, pierced through the babble of men's voices. "Ten cents'
+worth--give me plenty," she pleaded, raising the pail above her head and
+putting it on the bar.
+
+The confident smiling face of Finley the lawyer came back into
+McGregor's mind. Like David Ormsby the successful maker of ploughs the
+lawyer looked upon men as pawns in a great game and like the ploughmaker
+his intentions were honourable and his purpose clear. He was intent upon
+making much of his life, being successful. If he played the game on the
+side of the criminal that was but a chance. Things had fallen out so. In
+his mind was something else--the expression of his own purpose.
+
+McGregor rose and went out of the saloon. In the street men stood about
+in groups. At Thirty-ninth Street a crowd of youths scuffling on the
+sidewalk pushed against the tall muttering man who passed with his hat
+in his hand. He began to feel that he was in the midst of something
+too vast to be moved by the efforts of any one man. The pitiful
+insignificance of the individual was apparent. As in a long procession
+the figures of the individuals who had tried to rise out of the ruck of
+American life passed before him. With a shudder he realised that for the
+most part the men whose names filled the pages of American history meant
+nothing. The children who read of their deeds were unmoved. Perhaps they
+had only increased the disorder. Like the men passing in the street they
+went across the face of things and disappeared into the darkness.
+
+"Perhaps Finley and Ormsby are right," he whispered. "They get what
+they can, they have the good sense to know that life runs quickly like
+a flying bird passing an open window. They know that if a man thinks of
+anything else he is likely to become another sentimentalist and spend
+his life being hypnotised by the wagging of his own jaw."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In his wanderings McGregor came to an out-of-door restaurant and garden
+far out on the south side. The garden had been built for the amusement
+of the rich and successful. Upon a little platform a band played.
+Although the garden was walled about it was open to the sky and above
+the laughing people seated at the tables shone the stars.
+
+McGregor sat alone at a little table on a balcony beneath a shaded
+light. Below him along a terrace were other tables occupied by men and
+women. On a platform in the centre of the garden dancers appeared.
+
+McGregor who had ordered a dinner left it untouched. A tall graceful
+girl, strongly suggestive of Margaret Ormsby, danced upon the platform.
+With infinite grace her body gave expression to the movements of the
+dance and like a thing blown by the wind she moved here and there in the
+arms of her partner, a slender youth with long black hair. In the figure
+of the dancing woman there was expressed much of the idealism man
+has sought to materialise in women and McGregor was thrilled by it. A
+sensualism so delicate that it did not appear to be sensualism began
+to invade him. With a new hunger he looked forward to the time when he
+would again see Margaret.
+
+Upon the platform in the garden appeared other dancers. The lights at
+the tables were turned low. From the darkness laughter arose. McGregor
+stared about. The people seated at the tables on the terrace caught and
+held his attention and he began looking sharply at the faces of the men.
+How cunning they were, these men who had been successful in life. Were
+they not after all the wise men? Behind the flesh that had grown so
+thick upon their bones what cunning eyes. There was a game of life and
+they had played it. The garden was a part of the game. It was beautiful
+and did not all that was beautiful in the world end by serving them? The
+arts of men, the thoughts of men, the impulses toward loveliness that
+came into the minds of men and women, did not all these things work
+solely to lighten the hours of the successful? The eyes of the men at
+the tables as they looked at the women who danced were not too greedy.
+They were filled with assurance. Was it not for them that the dancers
+turned here and there revealing their grace? If life was a struggle had
+they not been successful in the struggle?
+
+McGregor arose from the table and left his food untouched. Near the
+entrance to the gardens he stopped and leaning against a pillar looked
+again at the scene before him. Upon the platform appeared a whole troupe
+of women-dancers. They were dressed in many-coloured garments and danced
+a folk dance. As McGregor watched a light began to creep back into his
+eyes. The women who now danced were unlike her who had reminded him
+of Margaret Ormsby. They were short of stature and there was something
+rugged in their faces. Back and forth across the platform they moved
+in masses. By their dancing they were striving to convey a message.
+A thought came to McGregor. "It is the dance of labour," he muttered.
+"Here in this garden it is corrupted but the note of labour is not
+lost. There is a hint of it left in these figures who toil even as they
+dance."
+
+McGregor moved away from the shadows of the pillar and stood, hat in
+hand, beneath the garden lights waiting as though for a call out of the
+ranks of the dancers. How furiously they worked. How the bodies twisted
+and squirmed. Out of sympathy with their efforts sweat appeared on the
+face of the man who stood watching. "What a storm must be going on just
+below the surface of labour," he muttered. "Everywhere dumb brutalised
+men and women must be waiting for something, not knowing what they want.
+I will stick to my purpose but I will not give up Margaret," he said
+aloud, turning and half running out of the garden and into the street.
+
+In his sleep that night McGregor dreamed of a new world, a world of soft
+phrases and gentle hands that stilled the rising brute in man. It was
+a world-old dream, the dream out of which such women as Margaret Ormsby
+have been created. The long slender hands he had seen lying on the desk
+in the settlement house now touched his hands. Uneasily he rolled about
+in bed and desire came to him so that he awakened. On the Boulevard
+people still passed up and down. McGregor arose and stood in the
+darkness by the window of his room watching. A theatre had just spat
+forth its portion of richly dressed men and women and when he had opened
+the window the voices of the women came clear and sharp to his ears.
+
+The distracted man stared into the darkness and his blue eyes were
+troubled. The vision of the disordered and disorganised band of miners
+marching silently in the wake of his mother's funeral into whose lives
+he by some supreme effort was to bring order was disturbed and shattered
+by the more definite and lovely vision that had come to him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+
+During the days since she had seen McGregor Margaret had thought of him
+almost constantly. She weighed and balanced her own inclinations and
+decided that if the opportunity came she would marry the man whose force
+and courage had so appealed to her. She was half disappointed that the
+opposition she had seen in her father's face when she had told him
+of McGregor and had betrayed herself by her tears did not become more
+active. She wanted to fight, to defend the man she had secretly chosen.
+When nothing was said of the matter she went to her mother and tried to
+explain. "We will have him here," the mother said quickly. "I am giving
+a reception next week. I will make him the chief figure. Let me have his
+name and address and I will attend to the matter."
+
+Laura arose and went into the house. A shrewd gleam came into her eyes.
+"He will act like a fool before our people," she told herself. "He is a
+brute and will be made to look like a brute." She could not restrain her
+impatience and sought out David. "He is a man to fear," she said; "he
+would stop at nothing. You must think of some way to put an end to
+Margaret's interest in him. Do you know of a better plan than to have
+him here where he will look the fool?"
+
+David took the cigar from his lips. He felt annoyed and irritated that
+an affair concerning Margaret had been brought forward for discussion.
+In his heart he also feared McGregor. "Let it alone," he said sharply.
+"She is a woman grown and has more judgment and good sense than any
+other woman I know." He got up and threw the cigar over the veranda into
+the grass. "Women are not understandable," he half shouted. "They do
+inexplicable things, have inexplicable fancies. Why do they not go
+forward along straight lines like a sane man? I years ago gave up
+understanding you and now I am being compelled to give up understanding
+Margaret."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+At Mrs. Ormsby's reception McGregor appeared arrayed in the black suit
+he had purchased for his mother's funeral. His flaming red hair and
+rude countenance arrested the attention of all. About him on all sides
+crackled talk and laughter. As Margaret had been alarmed and ill at ease
+in the crowded court room where a fight for life went on, so he among
+these people who went about uttering little broken sentences and
+laughing foolishly at nothing, felt depressed and uncertain. In the
+midst of the company he occupied much the same position as a new and
+ferocious animal safely caught and now on caged exhibition. They thought
+it clever of Mrs. Ormsby to have him and he was, in not quite the
+accepted sense, the lion of the evening. The rumour that he would be
+there had induced more than one woman to cut other engagements and
+come to where she could take the hand of and talk with this hero of
+the newspapers, and the men shaking his hand, looked at him sharply and
+wondered what power and what cunning lay in him.
+
+In the newspapers after the murder trial a cry had sprung up about the
+person of McGregor. Fearing to print in full the substance of his speech
+on vice, its ownership and its significance, they had filled their
+columns with talk of the man. The huge Scotch lawyer of the Tenderloin
+was proclaimed as something new and startling in the grey mass of the
+city's population. Then as in the brave days that followed the man
+caught irresistibly the imagination of writing men, himself dumb in
+written or spoken words except in the heat of an inspired outburst when
+he expressed perfectly that pure brute force, the lust for which sleeps
+in the souls of artists.
+
+Unlike the men the beautifully gowned women at the reception had no fear
+of McGregor. They saw in him something to be tamed and conquered and
+they gathered in groups to engage him in talk and return the inquiring
+stare in his eyes. They thought that with such an unconquered soul
+about, life might take on new fervour and interest. Like the women who
+sat playing with toothpicks in O'Toole's restaurant, more than one of
+the women at Mrs. Ormsby's reception had a half unconscious wish that
+such a man might be her lover.
+
+One after another Margaret brought forward the men and women of her
+world to couple their names with McGregor's and try to establish him
+in the atmosphere of assurance and ease that pervaded the house and the
+people. He stood by the wall bowing and staring boldly about and thought
+that the confusion and distraction of mind that had followed his
+first visit to Margaret at the settlement house was being increased
+immeasurably with every passing moment. He looked at the glittering
+chandelier on the ceiling and at the people moving about--the men at
+ease, comfortable--the women with wonderfully delicate expressive hands
+and with their round white necks and shoulders showing above their gowns
+and a feeling of utter helplessness pervaded him. Never before had he
+been in a company so feminine. He thought of the beautiful women about
+him, seeing them in his direct crude and forceful way merely as females
+at work among males, carrying forward some purpose. "With all the softly
+suggestive sensuality of their dress and their persons they must in some
+way have sapped the strength and the purpose of these men who move among
+them so indifferently," he thought. Within himself he knew of nothing to
+set up as a defence against what he believed such beauty must become
+to the man who lived with it. Its power he thought must be something
+monumental and he looked with admiration at the quiet face of Margaret's
+father, moving among his guests.
+
+McGregor went out of the house and stood in the half darkness on the
+veranda. When Mrs. Ormsby and Margaret followed he looked at the older
+woman and sensed her antagonism. The old love of battle swept in on him
+and he turned and stood in silence looking at her. "The fine lady," he
+thought, "is no better than the women of the First Ward. She has an idea
+I will surrender without a fight."
+
+Out of his mind went the fear of the assurance and stability of
+Margaret's people that had almost overcome him in the house. The
+woman who had all her life thought of herself as one waiting only the
+opportunity to appear as a commanding figure in affairs made by her
+presence a failure of the effort to submerge McGregor.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+On the veranda stood the three people. McGregor the silent became the
+talkative. Seized with one of the inspirations that were a part of his
+nature he threw talk about, sparring and returning thrust for thrust
+with Mrs. Ormsby. When he thought that the time had come for him to get
+at the thing that was in his mind he went into the house and presently
+came out carrying his hat. The quality of harshness that crept into his
+voice when he was excited or determined startled Laura Ormsby. Looking
+down at her, he said, "I am going to take your daughter for a walk in
+the street. I want to talk with her."
+
+Laura hesitated and smiled uncertainly. She determined to speak out, to
+be like the man crude and direct. When she had her mind fixed and ready
+Margaret and McGregor were already half way down the gravel walk to the
+gate and the opportunity to distinguish herself had passed.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+McGregor walked beside Margaret, absorbed in thoughts of her. "I am
+engaged in a work here," he said, waving his hand vaguely toward the
+city. "It is a big work and it takes a lot out of me. I have not come
+to see you, because I've been uncertain. I've been afraid you would
+overcome me and drive thoughts of the work out of my head."
+
+By the iron gate at the end of the gravel walk they turned and faced
+each other. McGregor leaned against the brick wall and looked at her. "I
+want you to marry me," he said. "I think of you constantly. Thinking of
+you I can only half do my work. I get to thinking that another man may
+come and take you and I waste hour after hour being afraid."
+
+She put a trembling hand upon his arm and he thinking to check an
+attempt at an answer before he had finished, hurried on.
+
+"There are things to be said and understood between us before I can come
+to you as a suitor. I did not think I should feel toward a woman as
+I feel toward you and I have certain adjustments to make. I thought I
+could get along without your kind of women. I thought you were not for
+me--with the work I have thought out to do in the world. If you will not
+marry me I'll be glad to know now so that I can get my mind straightened
+out."
+
+Margaret raised her hand and laid it on his shoulder. The act was a
+kind of acknowledgment of his right to talk to her so directly. She
+said nothing. Filled with a thousand messages of love and tenderness she
+longed to pour into his ear she stood in silence on the gravel path with
+her hand on his shoulder.
+
+And then an absurd thing happened. The fear that Margaret might come to
+some quick decision that would affect all of their future together made
+McGregor frantic. He did not want her to speak and wished his own words
+unsaid. "Wait. Not now," he cried and threw up his hand intending to
+take her hand. His fist struck the arm that lay on his shoulder and it
+in turn knocked his hat flying into the road. McGregor started to run
+after it and then stopped. He put his hand to his head and appeared
+lost in thought. When he turned again to pursue the hat Margaret, unable
+longer to control herself, shouted with laughter.
+
+Hatless, McGregor walked up Drexel Boulevard in the soft stillness of
+the summer night. He was annoyed at the outcome of the evening and in
+his heart half wished that Margaret had sent him away defeated. His arms
+ached to have her against his breast but his mind kept presenting one
+after another the objections to marriage with her. "Men are submerged
+by such women and forget their work," he told himself. "They sit looking
+into the soft brown eyes of their beloved, thinking of happiness. A man
+should go about his work thinking of that. The fire that runs through
+the veins of his body should light his mind. One wants to take the love
+of woman as an end in life and the woman accepts that and is made happy
+by it." He thought with gratitude of Edith in her shop on Monroe Street.
+"I do not sit in my room at night dreaming of taking her in my arms and
+pouring kisses on her lips," he whispered.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+In the door of her house Mrs. Ormsby had stood watching McGregor and
+Margaret. She had seen them stop at the end of the walk. The figure of
+the man was lost in shadows and that of Margaret stood alone, outlined
+against a distant light. She saw Margaret's hand thrust out--was she
+clutching his sleeve--and heard the murmur of voices. And then the man
+precipitating himself into the street. His hat catapulted ahead of him
+and a quick outburst of half-hysterical laughter broke the stillness.
+
+Laura Ormsby was furious. Although she hated McGregor she could not bear
+the thought that laughter should break the spell of romance. "She is
+just like her father," she muttered. "At least she might show some
+spirit and not be like a wooden thing, ending her first talk with a
+lover with a laugh like that."
+
+As for Margaret she stood in the darkness trembling with happiness. She
+imagined herself going up the dark stairway to McGregor's office in
+Van Buren Street where once she had gone to take him news of the murder
+case--laying her hand upon his shoulder and saying, "Take me in your
+arms and kiss me. I am your woman. I want to live with you. I am ready
+to renounce my people and my world and to live your life for your sake."
+Margaret, standing in the darkness before the huge old house in Drexel
+Boulevard, imagined herself with Beaut McGregor--living with him as his
+wife in a small apartment over a fish market on a West Side street. Why
+a fish market she could not have said.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+
+Edith Carson was six years older than McGregor and lived entirely within
+herself. Hers was one of those natures that do not express themselves
+in words. Although at his coming into the shop her heart beat high no
+colour came to her cheeks and her pale eyes did not flash back into his
+a message. Day after day she sat in her shop at work, quiet, strong in
+her own kind of faith, ready to give her money, her reputation, and if
+need be her life to the working out of her own dream of womanhood. She
+did not see in McGregor the making of a man of genius as did Margaret
+and did not hope to express through him a secret desire for power. She
+was a working woman and to her he represented all men. In her secret
+heart she thought of him merely as the man--her man.
+
+And to McGregor Edith was companion and friend. He saw her sitting year
+after year in her shop, putting money into the savings bank, keeping a
+cheerful front before the world, never assertive, kindly, in her own way
+sure of herself. "We could go on forever as we are now and she be none
+the less pleased," he told himself.
+
+One afternoon after a particularly hard week of work he went out to her
+place to sit in her little workroom and think out the matter of marrying
+Margaret Ormsby. It was a quiet season in Edith's trade and she was
+alone in the shop serving a customer. McGregor lay down upon the little
+couch in the workroom. For a week he had been speaking to gatherings of
+workmen night after night and later had sat in his own room thinking of
+Margaret. Now on the couch with the murmur of voices in his ears he fell
+asleep.
+
+When he awoke it was late in the night and on the floor by the side of
+the couch sat Edith with her ringers in his hair.
+
+McGregor opened his eyes quietly and looked at her. He could see a tear
+running down her cheek. She was staring straight ahead at the wall of
+the room and by the dim light that came through a window he could see
+the drawn cords of her little neck and the knot of mouse coloured hair
+on her head.
+
+McGregor closed his eyes quickly. He felt like one who has been aroused
+out of sleep by a dash of cold water across his breast. It came over
+him with a rush that Edith Carson had been expecting something from
+him--something he was not prepared to give.
+
+She got up after a time and crept quietly away into the shop and with
+a great clatter and bustle he arose also and began calling loudly. He
+demanded the time and complained about a missed appointment. Turning
+up the gas, Edith walked with him to the door. On her face sat the old
+placid smile. McGregor hurried away into the darkness and spent the rest
+of the night walking in the streets.
+
+The next day he went to Margaret Ormsby at the settlement house. With
+her he used no art. Driving straight to the point he told her of the
+undertaker's daughter sitting beside him on the eminence above Coal
+Creek, of the barber and his talk of women on the park bench and how
+that had led him to that other woman kneeling on the floor in the
+little frame house, his fists in her hair and of Edith Carson whose
+companionship had saved him from all of these.
+
+"If you can't hear all of this and still want life with me," he said,
+"there is no future for us together. I want you. I'm afraid of you and
+afraid of my love for you but still I want you. I've been seeing your
+face floating above the audiences in the halls where I've been at work.
+I've looked at babies in the arms of workingmen's wives and wanted to
+see my babe in your arms. I care more for what I am doing than I do for
+you but I love you."
+
+McGregor arose and stood over her. "I love you with my arms aching to
+close about you, with my brain planning the triumph of the workers, with
+all of the old perplexing human love that I had almost thought I would
+never want.
+
+"I can't bear this waiting. I can't bear this not knowing so that I can
+tell Edith. I can't have my mind filled with the need of you just as men
+are beginning to catch the infection of an idea and are looking to me
+for clear-headed leadership. Take me or let me go and live my life."
+
+Margaret Ormsby looked at McGregor. When she spoke her voice was as
+quiet as the voice of her father telling a workman in the shop what to
+do with a broken machine.
+
+"I am going to marry you," she said simply. "I am full of the thought of
+it. I want you, want you so blindly that I think you can't understand."
+
+She stood up facing him and looked into his eyes.
+
+"You must wait," she said. "I must see Edith, I myself must do that. All
+these years she has served you--she has had that privilege."
+
+McGregor looked across the table into the beautiful eyes of the woman he
+loved.
+
+"You belong to me even if I do belong to Edith," he said.
+
+"I will see Edith," Margaret answered again.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+
+McGregor left the telling of the story of his love to Margaret. Edith
+Carson who knew defeat so well and who had in her the courage of defeat
+was to meet defeat at his hands through the undefeated woman and he let
+himself forget the whole matter. For a month he had been trying to get
+workingmen to take up the idea of the Marching Men without success and
+after the talk with Margaret he kept doggedly at the work.
+
+And then one evening something happened that aroused him. The Marching
+Men idea that had become more than half intellectualised became again a
+burning passion and the matter of his life with women got itself cleared
+up swiftly and finally.
+
+It was night and McGregor stood upon the platform of the Elevated
+Railroad at State and Van Buren Streets. He had been feeling guilty
+concerning Edith and had been intending to go out to her place but
+the scene in the street below fascinated him and he remained standing,
+looking along the lighted thoroughfare.
+
+For a week there had been a strike of teamsters in the city and that
+afternoon there had been a riot. Windows had been smashed and several
+men injured. Now the evening crowds gathered and speakers climbed upon
+boxes to talk. Everywhere there was a great wagging of jaws and waving
+of arms. McGregor grew reminiscent. Into his mind came the little mining
+town and he saw himself again a boy sitting in the darkness on the steps
+before his mother's bake shop and trying to think. Again in fancy he
+saw the disorganised miners tumbling out of the saloon to stand on the
+street swearing and threatening and again he was filled with contempt
+for them.
+
+And then in the heart of the great western city the same thing happened
+that had happened when he was a boy in Pennsylvania. The officials of
+the city, having decided to startle the striking teamsters by a display
+of force, sent a regiment of state troops marching through the streets.
+The soldiers were dressed in brown uniforms. They were silent. As
+McGregor looked down they turned out of Polk Street and came with
+swinging measured tread up State Street past the disorderly mobs on the
+sidewalk and the equally disorderly speakers on the curb.
+
+McGregor's heart beat so that he nearly choked. The men in the uniforms,
+each in himself meaning nothing, had become by their marching together
+all alive with meaning. Again he wanted to shout, to run down into the
+street and embrace them. The strength in them seemed to kiss, as with
+the kiss of a lover, the strength within himself and when they had
+passed and the disorderly jangle of voices broke out again he got on a
+car and went out to Edith's with his heart afire with resolution.
+
+Edith Carson's millinery shop was in the hands of a new owner. She had
+sold out and fled. McGregor stood in the show room looking about him at
+the cases filled with their feathery finery and at the hats along the
+wall. The light from a street lamp that came in at the window started
+millions of tiny motes dancing before his eyes.
+
+Out of the room at the back of the shop--the room where he had seen the
+tears of suffering in Edith's eyes--came a woman who told him of Edith's
+having sold the business. She was excited by the message she had to
+deliver and walked past the waiting man, going to the screen door to
+stand with her back to him and look up the street.
+
+Out of the corners of her eyes the woman looked at him. She was a small
+black-haired woman with two gleaming gold teeth and with glasses on her
+nose. "There has been a lovers' quarrel here," she told herself.
+
+"I have bought the store," she said aloud. "She told me to tell you that
+she had gone."
+
+McGregor did not wait for more but hurried past the woman into the
+street. In his heart was a feeling of dumb aching loss. On an impulse he
+turned and ran back.
+
+Standing in the street by the screen door he shouted hoarsely. "Where
+did she go?" he demanded.
+
+The woman laughed merrily. She felt that she was getting with the shop a
+flavour of romance and adventure very attractive to her. Then she walked
+to the door and smiled through the screen. "She has only just left," she
+said. "She went to the Burlington station. I think she has gone West. I
+heard her tell the man about her trunk. She has been around here for two
+days since I bought the shop. I think she has been waiting for you to
+come. You did not come and now she has gone and perhaps you won't find
+her. She did not look like one who would quarrel with a lover."
+
+The woman in the shop laughed softly as McGregor hurried away. "Now who
+would think that quiet little woman would have such a lover?" she asked
+herself.
+
+Down the street ran McGregor and raising his hand stopped a passing
+automobile. The woman saw him seated in the automobile talking to a
+grey-haired man at the wheel and then the machine turned and disappeared
+up the street at a law-breaking pace.
+
+McGregor had again a new light on the character of Edith Carson. "I can
+see her doing it," he told himself--"cheerfully telling Margaret that
+it didn't matter and all the time planning this in the back of her head.
+Here all of these years she has been leading a life of her own. The
+secret longings, the desires and the old human hunger for love and
+happiness and expression have been going on under her placid exterior as
+they have under my own."
+
+McGregor thought of the busy days behind him and realised with shame how
+little Edith had seen of him. It was in the days when his big movement
+of The Marching Men was just coming into the light and on the night
+before he had been in a conference of labour men who had wanted him to
+make a public demonstration of the power he had secretly been building
+up. Every day his office was filled with newspaper men who asked
+questions and demanded explanations. And in the meantime Edith had been
+selling her shop to that woman and getting ready to disappear.
+
+In the railroad station McGregor found Edith sitting in a corner with
+her face buried in the crook of her arm. Gone was the placid exterior.
+Her shoulders seemed narrower. Her hand, hanging over the back of the
+seat in front of her, was white and lifeless.
+
+McGregor said nothing but snatched up the brown leather bag that sat
+beside her on the floor and taking her by the arm led her up a flight of
+stone steps to the street.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+
+In the Ormsby household father and daughter sat in the darkness on the
+veranda. After Laura Ormsby's encounter with McGregor there had been
+another talk between her and David. Now she had gone on a visit to her
+home-town in Wisconsin and father and daughter sat together.
+
+To his wife David had talked pointedly of Margaret's affair. "It is not
+a matter of good sense," he had said; "one can not pretend there is a
+prospect of happiness in such an affair. The man is no fool and may some
+day be a big man but it will not be the kind of bigness that will bring
+either happiness or contentment to a woman like Margaret. He may end his
+life in jail."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+McGregor and Edith walked up the gravel walk and stood by the front door
+of the Ormsby house. From the darkness on the veranda came the hearty
+voice of David. "Come and sit out here," he said.
+
+McGregor stood silently waiting. Edith clung to his arm. Margaret got up
+and coming forward stood looking at them. With a jump at her heart she
+sensed the crisis suggested by the presence of these two people. Her
+voice trembled with alarm. "Come in," she said, turning and leading the
+way into the house.
+
+The man and woman followed Margaret. At the door McGregor stopped and
+called to David. "We want you in here with us," he said harshly.
+
+In the drawing room the four people waited. The great chandelier threw
+its light down upon them. In her chair Edith sat and looked at the
+floor.
+
+"I've made a mistake," said McGregor. "I've been going on and on making
+a mistake." He turned to Margaret. "We didn't count on something here.
+There is Edith. She isn't what we thought."
+
+Edith said nothing. The weary stoop stayed in her shoulders. She felt
+that if McGregor had brought her to the house and to this woman he loved
+to seal their parting she would sit quietly until that was over and then
+go on to the loneliness she believed must be her portion.
+
+To Margaret the coming of the man and woman was a portent of evil. She
+also was silent, expecting a shock. When her lover spoke she also looked
+at the floor. To herself she was saying, "He is going to take himself
+away and marry this other woman. I must be prepared to hear him
+say that." In the doorway stood David. "He is going to give me back
+Margaret," he thought, and his heart danced with happiness.
+
+McGregor walked across the room and stood looking at the two women. His
+blue eyes were cold and filled with intense curiosity concerning them
+and himself. He wanted to test them and to test himself. "If I am
+clear-headed now I shall go on with the dream," he thought. "If I fail
+in this I shall fail in everything." Turning he took hold of the sleeve
+of David's coat and pulled him across the room so that the two men
+stood together. Then he looked hard at Margaret. As he talked to her he
+continued to stand thus with his hand on her father's arm. The action
+caught David's fancy and a thrill of admiration ran through him. "Here
+is a man," he told himself.
+
+"You thought Edith was ready to see us get married. Well she was. She is
+now and you see what it has done to her," said McGregor.
+
+The daughter of the ploughmaker started to speak. Her face was chalky
+white. McGregor threw up his hands.
+
+"Wait," he said, "a man and woman can't live together for years and then
+part like two men friends. Something gets into them to prevent. They
+find they love each other. I've found out that though I want you, I love
+Edith. She loves me. Look at her."
+
+Margaret half arose from her chair. McGregor went on. Into his voice
+came the harsh quality that made men fear and follow him. "Oh, we'll
+be married, Margaret and I," he said; "her beauty has won me. I follow
+beauty. I want beautiful children. That is my right."
+
+He turned to Edith and stood staring at her.
+
+"You and I could never have the feeling Margaret and I had when we
+looked into each other's eyes. We ached with it--each wanting the other.
+You are made to endure. You would get over anything and be cheerful
+after a while. You know that--don't you?"
+
+The eyes of Edith came up level with his own.
+
+"Yes I know," she said.
+
+Margaret Ormsby jumped up from her chair, her eyes swimming.
+
+"Stop," she cried. "I do not want you. I would never marry you now. You
+belong to her. You are Edith's."
+
+McGregor's voice became soft and quiet.
+
+"Oh, I know," he said; "I know! I know! But I want children. Look at
+Edith. Do you think she could bear children to me?"
+
+A change came over Edith Carson. Her eyes hardened and her shoulders
+straightened.
+
+"That's for me to say," she cried, springing forward and clutching his
+arm. "That is between me and God. If you intend to marry me come now and
+do it. I was not afraid to give you up and I'm not afraid that I shall
+die bearing children."
+
+Dropping McGregor's arm Edith ran across the room and stood before
+Margaret. "How do you know you are more beautiful or can bear more
+beautiful children?" she demanded. "What do you mean by beauty anyway? I
+deny your beauty." She turned to McGregor. "Look," she cried, "she does
+not stand the test."
+
+Pride swept over the woman that had come to life within the body of the
+little milliner. With calm eyes she stared at the people in the room
+and when she looked again toward Margaret there was a challenge in her
+voice.
+
+"Beauty has to endure," she said swiftly. "It has to be daring. It has
+to outlive long years of life and many defeats." A hard look came into
+her eyes as she challenged the daughter of wealth. "I had the courage to
+be defeated and I have the courage to take what I want," she said. "Have
+you that courage? If you have take this man. You want him and so do I.
+Take his arm and walk away with him. Do it now, here before my eyes."
+
+Margaret shook her head. Her body trembled and her eyes looked wildly
+about. She turned to David Ormsby. "I did not know that life could
+be like this," she said. "Why didn't you tell me? She is right. I am
+afraid."
+
+A light came into McGregor's eyes and he turned quickly about. "I see,"
+he said, looking sharply at Edith, "you have also your purpose." Turning
+again he looked into the eyes of David.
+
+"There is something to be decided here. It is perhaps the supreme
+test of a man's life. One struggles to keep a thought in mind, to be
+impersonal, to see that life has a purpose outside his own purpose. You
+have perhaps made that struggle. You see I'm making it now. I'm going to
+take Edith and go back to work."
+
+At the door McGregor stopped and put out his hand to David who took it
+and looked at the big lawyer respectfully.
+
+"I'm glad to see you go," said the ploughmaker briefly.
+
+"I'm glad to be going," said McGregor, understanding that there was
+nothing but relief and honest antagonism in the voice and in the mind of
+David Ormsby.
+
+
+
+
+
+BOOK VI
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+
+The Marching Men Movement was never a thing to intellectualise. For
+years McGregor tried to get it under way by talking. He did not succeed.
+The rhythm and swing that was at the heart of the movement hung fire.
+The man passed through long periods of depression and had to drive
+himself forward. And then after the scene with Margaret and Edith in the
+Ormsby house came action.
+
+There was a man named Mosby about whose figure the action for a time
+revolved. He was bartender for Neil Hunt, a notorious character of South
+State Street, and had once been a lieutenant in the army. Mosby was what
+in modern society is called a rascal. After West Point and a few years
+at some isolated army post he began to drink and one night during a
+debauch and when half crazed by the dullness of his life he shot a
+private through the shoulder. He was arrested and put on his honour not
+to escape but did escape. For years he drifted about the world a haggard
+cynical figure who got drunk whenever money came his way and who would
+do anything to break the monotony of existence.
+
+Mosby was enthusiastic about the Marching Men idea. He saw in it an
+opportunity to worry and alarm his fellow men. He talked a union of
+bartenders and waiters to which he belonged into giving the idea a
+trial and in the morning they began to march up and down in the strip of
+parkland that faced the lake at the edge of the First Ward. "Keep your
+mouths shut," commanded Mosby. "We can worry the officials of this town
+like the devil if we work this right. When you are asked questions say
+nothing. If the police try to arrest us we will swear we are only doing
+it for the sake of exercise."
+
+Mosby's plan worked. Within a week crowds began to gather in the morning
+to watch the Marching Men and the police started to make inquiry. Mosby
+was delighted. He threw up his job as bartender and recruited a motley
+company of young roughs whom he induced to practise the march step
+during the afternoons. When he was arrested and dragged into court
+McGregor acted as his lawyer and he was discharged. "I want to get
+these men out into the open," Mosby declared, looking very innocent and
+guileless. "You can see for yourself that waiters and bartenders get
+pale and stoop-shouldered at their work and as for these young roughs
+isn't it better for society to have them out there marching about than
+idling in bar rooms and planning God knows what mischief?"
+
+A grin appeared over the face of the First Ward. McGregor and Mosby
+organised another company of marchers and a young man who had been a
+sergeant in a company of regulars was induced to help with the drilling.
+To the men themselves it was all a joke, a game that appealed to the
+mischievous boy in them. Everybody was curious and that gave the
+thing tang. They grinned as they marched up and down. For a while they
+exchanged gibes with the spectators but McGregor put a stop to that.
+"Be silent," he said, going about among the men during the rest periods.
+"That's the best thing to do. Be silent and attend to business and your
+marching will be ten times as effective."
+
+The Marching Men Movement grew. A young Jewish newspaper man, half
+rascal, half poet, wrote a scare-head story for one of the Sunday
+papers announcing the birth of the Republic of Labour. The story was
+illustrated by a drawing showing McGregor leading a vast horde of men
+across an open plain toward a city whose tall chimneys belched forth
+clouds of smoke. Beside McGregor in the picture and arrayed in a gaudy
+uniform was Mosby the ex-army officer. In the article he was called the
+war lord of "The secret republic growing up within a great capitalistic
+empire."
+
+It had begun to take form--the movement of the Marching Men. Rumours
+began to run here and there. There was a question in men's eyes. Slowly
+at first it began to rumble through their minds. There was the tap of
+feet clicking sharply on pavements. Groups formed, men laughed, the
+groups disappeared only to again reappear. In the sun before factory
+doors men stood talking, half understanding, beginning to sense the fact
+that there was something big in the wind.
+
+At first the movement did not get anywhere with the ranks of labour.
+There would be a meeting, perhaps a series of meetings in one of the
+little halls where labourers gather to attend to the affairs of their
+unions. McGregor would speak. His voice harsh and commanding could be
+heard in the streets below. Merchants came out of the stores and stood
+in the doorways listening. Young fellows who smoked cigarettes stopped
+looking at passing girls and gathered in crowds below the open windows.
+The slow working brain of labour was being aroused.
+
+After a time a few young men, fellows who worked at the saws in a box
+factory and others who ran machines in a factory where bicycles were
+made, volunteered to follow the lead of the men of the First Ward. On
+summer evenings they gathered in vacant lots and marched back and forth
+looking at their feet and laughing.
+
+McGregor insisted upon the training. He never had any intention of
+letting his Marching Men Movement become merely a disorganised band of
+walkers such as we have all seen in many a labour parade. He meant that
+they should learn to march rhythmically, swinging along like veterans.
+He was determined that the thresh of feet should come finally to sing
+a great song, carrying the message of a powerful brotherhood into the
+hearts and brains of the marchers.
+
+McGregor gave all of his time to the movement. He made a scant living by
+the practice of his profession but gave it no thought. The murder case
+had brought him other cases and he had taken a partner, a ferret-eyed
+little man who worked out the details of what cases came to the firm and
+collected the fees, half of which he gave to the partner who was intent
+upon something else. Day after day, week after week, month after month,
+McGregor went up and down the city, talking to workers, learning to
+talk, striving to make his idea understood.
+
+One evening in September he stood in the shadow of a factory wall
+watching a group of men who marched in a vacant lot. The movement had
+become by that time really big. A flame burned in his heart at the
+thought of what it might become. It was growing dark and the clouds
+of dust raised by the feet of the men swept across the face of the
+departing sun. In the field before him marched some two hundred men, the
+largest company he had been able to get together. For a week they had
+stayed at the marching evening after evening and were beginning a little
+to understand the spirit of it. Their leader on the field, a tall square
+shouldered man, had once been a captain in the State Militia and now
+worked as engineer in a factory where soap was made. His commands rang
+out sharp and crisp on the evening air. "Fours right into line," he
+cried. The words were barked forth. The men straightened their shoulders
+and swung out vigorously. They had begun to enjoy the marching.
+
+In the shadow of the factory wall McGregor moved uneasily about. He felt
+that this was the beginning, the real birth of his movement, that these
+men had really come out of the ranks of labour and that in the breasts
+of the marching figures there in the open space understanding was
+growing.
+
+He muttered and walked back and forth. A young man, a reporter on one of
+the city's great daily papers, leaped from a passing street car and came
+to stand near him. "What's up here? What's this going on? What's it all
+about? You better tell me," he said.
+
+In the dim light McGregor raised his fists above his head and talked
+aloud. "It's creeping in among them," he said. "The thing that can't be
+put into words is getting itself expressed. Something is being done here
+in this field. A new force is coming into the world."
+
+Half beside himself McGregor ran up and down swinging his arms. Again
+turning to the reporter who stood by a factory wall--a rather dandified
+figure he was with a tiny moustache--he shouted:
+
+"Don't you see?" he cried. His voice was harsh. "See how they march!
+They are finding out what I mean. They have caught the spirit of it!"
+
+McGregor began to explain. He talked hurriedly, his words coming forth
+in short broken sentences. "For ages there has been talk of brotherhood.
+Always men have babbled of brotherhood. The words have meant nothing.
+The words and the talking have but bred a loose-jawed race. The jaws of
+men wabble about but the legs of these men do not wabble."
+
+He again walked up and down, dragging the half-frightened man along the
+deepening shadow of the factory wall.
+
+"You see it begins--now in this field it begins. The legs and the feet
+of men, hundreds of legs and feet make a kind of music. Presently there
+will be thousands, hundreds of thousands. For a time men will cease to
+be individuals. They will become a mass, a moving all-powerful mass.
+They will not put their thoughts into words but nevertheless there will
+be a thought growing up in them. They will of a sudden begin to realise
+that they are a part of something vast and mighty, a thing that moves,
+that is seeking new expression. They have been told of the power of
+labour but now, you see, they will become the power of labour."
+
+Swept along by his own words and perhaps by something rhythmical in the
+moving mass of men McGregor became feverishly anxious that the dapper
+young man should understand. "Do you remember--when you were a boy--some
+man who had been a soldier telling you that the men who marched had
+to break step and go in a disorderly mob across a bridge because their
+orderly stride would have shaken the bridge to pieces?"
+
+A shiver ran over the body of the young man. In his off hours he was
+a writer of plays and stories and his trained dramatic sense caught
+quickly the import of McGregor's words. Into his mind came a scene on
+a village street of his own place in Ohio. In fancy he saw the village
+fife and drum corps marching past. His mind recalled the swing and the
+cadence of the tune and again as when he was a boy his legs ached to run
+out among the men and go marching away.
+
+Filled with excitement he began also to talk. "I see," he cried; "you
+think there is a thought in that, a big thought that men have not
+understood?"
+
+On the field the men, becoming bolder as they became less
+self-conscious, came sweeping by, their bodies falling into a long
+swinging stride.
+
+The young man pondered. "I see. I see. Every one who stood watching as
+I did when the fife and drum corps went past felt what I felt. They were
+hiding behind a mask. Their legs also tingled and the same wild militant
+thumping went on in their hearts. You have found that out, eh? You mean
+to lead labour that way?"
+
+With open mouth the young man stared at the field and at the moving mass
+of men. He became oratorical in his thoughts. "Here is a big man," he
+muttered. "Here is a Napoleon, a Caesar of labour come to Chicago. He is
+not like the little leaders. His mind is not sicklied over with the pale
+cast of thought. He does not think that the big natural impulses of
+men are foolish and absurd. He has got hold of something here that will
+work. The world had better watch this man."
+
+Half beside himself he walked up and down at the edge of the field, his
+body trembling.
+
+Out of the ranks of the marching men came a workman. In the field words
+arose. A petulant quality came into the voice of the captain who gave
+commands. The newspaper man listened anxiously. "That's what will spoil
+everything. The men will begin to lose heart and will quit," he thought,
+leaning forward and waiting.
+
+"I've worked all day and I can't march up and down here all night,"
+complained the voice of the workman.
+
+Past the shoulder of the young man went a shadow. Before his eyes on
+the field, fronting the waiting ranks of men, stood McGregor. His fist
+shot out and the complaining workman crumpled to the ground.
+
+"This is no time for words," said the harsh voice. "Get back in
+there. This is not a game. It's the beginning of men's realisation of
+themselves. Get in there and say nothing. If you can't march with us get
+out. The movement we have started can pay no attention to whimperers."
+
+Among the ranks of men a cheer arose. By the factory wall the excited
+newspaper man danced up and down. At a word of command from the captain
+the line of marching men again swept down the field and he watched them
+with tears standing in his eyes. "It's going to work," he cried. "It's
+bound to work. At last a man has come to lead the men of labor."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+
+John Van Moore a young Chicago advertising man went one afternoon to
+the offices of the Wheelright Bicycle Company. The company had both its
+factory and offices far out on the west side. The factory was a huge
+brick affair fronted by a broad cement sidewalk and a narrow green lawn
+spotted with flower beds. The building used for offices was smaller and
+had a veranda facing the street. Up the sides of the office building
+vines grew.
+
+Like the reporter who had watched the Marching Men in the field by the
+factory wall John Van Moore was a dapper young man with a moustache.
+In his leisure hours he played a clarinet. "It gives a man something to
+cling to," he explained to his friends. "One sees life going past
+and feels that he is not a mere drifting log in the stream of things.
+Although as a musician I amount to nothing, it at least makes me dream."
+
+Among the men in the advertising office where he worked Van Moore was
+known as something of a fool, redeemed by his ability to string words
+together. He wore a heavy black braided watch chain and carried a cane
+and he had a wife who after marriage had studied medicine and with whom
+he did not live. Sometimes on a Saturday evening the two met at some
+restaurant and sat for hours drinking and laughing. When the wife had
+gone to her own place the advertising man continued the fun, going from
+saloon to saloon and making long speeches setting forth his philosophy
+of life. "I am an individualist," he declared, strutting up and down and
+swinging the cane about. "I am a dabbler, an experimenter if you will.
+Before I die it is my dream that I will discover a new quality in
+existence."
+
+For the bicycle company the advertising man was to write a booklet
+telling in romantic and readable form the history of the company.
+When finished the booklet would be sent out to those who had answered
+advertisements put into magazines and newspapers. The company had
+a process of manufacture peculiar to Wheelright bicycles and in the
+booklet this was to be much emphasised.
+
+The manufacturing process in regard to which John Van Moore was to
+wax eloquent had been conceived in the brain of a workman and was
+responsible for the company's success. Now the workman was dead and the
+president of the company had decided that he would take credit for the
+idea. He had thought a good deal of the matter and had decided that in
+truth the notion must have been more than a little his own. "It must
+have been so," he told himself, "otherwise it would not have worked out
+so well."
+
+In the offices of the bicycle company the president, a grey gross man
+with tiny eyes, walked up and down a long room heavily carpeted. In
+reply to questions asked by the advertising man, who sat at a table with
+a pad of paper before him, he raised himself on his toes, put a thumb
+in the armhole of his vest and told a long rambling tale of which he was
+the hero.
+
+The tale concerned a purely imaginary young workman who spent all of the
+earlier years of his life labouring terribly. At evening he ran quickly
+from the shop where he was employed and going without sleep toiled
+for long hours in a little garret. When the workman had discovered the
+secret that made successful the Wheelright bicycle he opened a shop and
+began to reap the reward of his efforts.
+
+"That was me. I was that fellow," cried the fat man who in reality
+had bought his interest in the bicycle company after the age of forty.
+Tapping himself on the breast he paused as though overcome with feeling.
+Tears came into his eyes. The young workman had become a reality to him.
+"All day I ran about the little shop crying 'Quality! Quality!' I do
+that now. It is a fetish with me. I do not make bicycles for money but
+because I am a workman with pride in my work. You may put that in the
+book. You may quote me as saying that. A big point should be made of
+my pride in my work." The advertising man nodded his head and scribbled
+upon the pad of paper. Almost he could have written the story without
+the visit to the factory. When the fat man was not looking he turned his
+face to one side and listened attentively. With a whole heart he
+wished the president would go away and leave him alone to wander in the
+factory.
+
+On the evening before, John Van Moore had taken part in an adventure.
+With a companion, a fellow who drew cartoons for the daily papers, he
+had gone into a saloon and there had met another man of the newspapers.
+
+In the saloon the three men had sat until late into the night drinking
+and talking. The second newspaper man--that same dapper fellow who had
+watched the marchers by the factory wall--had told over and over the
+story of McGregor and his Marchers. "I tell you there is something
+growing up here," he had said. "I have seen this McGregor and I
+know. You may believe me or not but the fact is that he has found
+out something. There is an element in men that up to now has not been
+understood--there is a thought hidden away within the breast of labour,
+a big unspoken thought--it is a part of men's bodies as well as their
+minds. Suppose this fellow has figured that out and understands it, eh!"
+
+Becoming more and more excited as he continued to drink the newspaper
+man had been half wild in his conjectures as to what was to happen in
+the world. Thumping with his fist upon a table wet with beer he had
+addressed the writer of advertisements. "There are things that animals
+know that have not been understood by men," he cried. "Consider the
+bees. Have you thought that man has not tried to work out a collective
+intellect? Why should man not try to work that out?"
+
+The newspaper man's voice became low and tense. "When you go into a
+factory I want you to keep your eyes and your ears open," he said. "Go
+into one of the great rooms where many men are at work. Stand perfectly
+still. Don't try to think. Wait."
+
+Jumping out of his seat the excited man had walked up and down before
+his companions. A group of men standing before the bar listened, their
+glasses held half way to their lips.
+
+"I tell you there is already a song of labour. It has not got itself
+expressed and understood but it is in every shop, in every field where
+men work. In a dim way the men who work are conscious of the song
+although if you talk of the matter they only laugh. The song is low
+harsh rhythmical. I tell you it comes out of the very soul of labour.
+It is akin to the thing that artists understand and that is called form.
+This McGregor understands something of that. He is the first leader of
+labour that has understood. The world shall hear from him. One of these
+days the world shall ring with his name."
+
+In the bicycle factory John Van Moore looked at the pad of paper before
+him and thought of the words of the half drunken man in the saloon. In
+the great shop at his back there was the steady grinding roar of many
+machines. The fat man, hypnotised by his own words, continued to walk up
+and down telling of the hardship that had once confronted the imaginary
+young workman and above which he had risen triumphant. "We hear much of
+the power of labour but there has been a mistake made," he said. "Such
+men as myself--we are the power. Do you see we have come out of the
+mass? We stand forth."
+
+Stopping before the advertising man and looking down the fat man winked.
+"You do not need to say that in the book. There is no need of quoting
+me there. Our bicycles are being bought by workingmen and it would be
+foolish to offend them but what I say is nevertheless true. Do not such
+men as I, with our cunning brains and our power of patience build these
+great modern organisations?"
+
+The fat man waved his arm toward the shops from which the roar of
+machinery came. The advertising man absentmindedly nodded his head. He
+was trying to hear the song of labour talked of by the drunken man. It
+was quitting time and there was the sound of many feet moving about the
+floor of the factory. The roar of the machinery stopped.
+
+Again the fat man walked up and down talking of the career of the
+labourer who had come forth from the ranks of labour. From the factory
+the men began filing out into the open. There was the sound of feet
+scuffling along the wide cement sidewalk past the flowerbeds.
+
+Of a sudden the fat man stopped. The advertising man sat with pencil
+suspended above the paper. From the walk below sharp commands rang out.
+Again the sound of men moving about came in through the windows.
+
+The president of the bicycle company and the advertising man ran to the
+window. There on the cement sidewalk stood the men of the company formed
+into columns of fours and separated into companies. At the head of each
+company stood a captain. The captains swung the men about. "Forward!
+March!" they shouted.
+
+The fat man stood with his mouth open and looked at the men. "What's
+going on down there? What do you mean? Quit that!" he bawled.
+
+A derisive laugh floated up through the window.
+
+"Attention! Forward, guide right!" shouted a captain.
+
+The men went swinging down the broad cement sidewalk past the window and
+the advertising man. In their faces was something determined and grim.
+A sickly smile flitted across the face of the grey-haired man and then
+faded. The advertising man, without knowing just what was going on felt
+that the older man was afraid. He sensed the terror in his face. In his
+heart he was glad to see it.
+
+The manufacturer began to talk excitedly. "Now what's this?" he
+demanded. "What's going on? What kind of a volcano are we men of affairs
+walking over? Haven't we had enough trouble with labour? What are
+they doing now?" Again he walked up and down past the table where the
+advertising man sat looking at him. "We'll let the book go," he said.
+"Come to-morrow. Come any time. I want to look into this. I want to find
+out what's going on."
+
+Leaving the office of the bicycle company John Van Moore ran along the
+street past stores and houses. He did not try to follow the Marching Men
+but ran forward blindly, filled with excitement. He remembered the words
+of the newspaper man about the song of labour, and was drunk with the
+thought that he had caught the swing of it. A hundred times he had seen
+men pouring out of factory doors at the end of the day. Always before
+they had been just a mass of individuals. Each had been thinking of his
+own affairs and each man had shuffled off into his own street and had
+been lost in the dim alleyways between the tall grimy buildings. Now all
+of this was changed. The men did not shuffle off alone but marched along
+the street shoulder to shoulder.
+
+A lump came also into the throat of this man and he like that other by
+the factory wall began to say words. "The song of labour is here. It has
+begun to get itself sung!" he cried.
+
+John Van Moore was beside himself. The face of the fat man pale with
+terror came back into his mind. On the sidewalk before a grocery store
+he stopped and shouted with delight. Then he began dancing wildly about,
+startling a group of children who with fingers in their mouths stood
+with staring eyes watching.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+
+All through the early months of that year in Chicago, rumours of a new
+and not understandable movement among labourers ran about among men of
+affairs. In a way the labourers understood the undercurrent of terror
+their marching together had inspired and like the advertising man
+dancing on the sidewalk before the grocery were made happy by it. Grim
+satisfaction dwelt in their hearts. Remembering their boyhoods and
+the creeping terror that invaded their fathers' houses in times of
+depression they were glad to spread terror among the homes of the rich
+and the well-to-do. For years they had been going through life blindly,
+striving to forget age and poverty. Now they felt that life had a
+purpose, that they were marching toward some end. When in the past they
+had been told that power dwelt in them they had not believed. "He is
+not to be trusted," thought the man at the machine looking at the man at
+work at the next machine. "I have heard him talk and at bottom he is a
+fool."
+
+Now the man at the machine did not think of his brother at the next
+machine. In his dreams at night he was beginning to have a new vision.
+Power had breathed its message into his brain. Of a sudden he saw
+himself as a part of a giant walking in the world. "I am like a drop of
+blood running through the veins of labour," he whispered to himself. "In
+my own way I am adding strength to the heart and the brain of labour. I
+have become a part of this thing that has begun to move. I will not talk
+but will wait. If this marching is the thing then I will march. Though I
+am weary at the end of the day that shall not stop me. Many times I
+have been weary and was alone. Now I am a part of something vast. This I
+know, that a consciousness of power has crept into my brain and although
+I be persecuted I shall not surrender what I have gained."
+
+In the offices of the plough trust a meeting of men of affairs was
+called. The purpose of the meeting was to discuss the movement going
+on among the workers. At the plough works it had broken out. No more at
+evening did the men shuffle along, like a disorderly mob but marched in
+companies along the brick-paved street that ran by the factory door.
+
+At the meeting David Ormsby had been as always quiet and self-possessed.
+A halo of kindly intent hung over him and when a banker, one of the
+directors of the company, had finished a speech he arose and walked up
+and down, his hands thrust into his trousers pockets. The banker was a
+fat man with thin brown hair and delicate hands. As he talked he held a
+pair of yellow gloves and beat with them on a long table at the centre
+of the room. The soft thump of the gloves upon the table made a chorus
+to the things he had to say. David motioned for him to be seated. "I
+will myself go to see this McGregor," he said, walking across the room
+and putting an arm about the shoulder of the banker. "Perhaps there is
+as you say a new and terrible danger here but I do not think so. For
+thousands, no doubt for millions of years, the world has gone on its way
+and I do not think it is to be stopped now.
+
+"It has been my fortune to see and to know this McGregor," added David
+smiling at the others in the room. "He is a man and not a Joshua to make
+the sun stand still."
+
+In the office in Van Buren Street, David, the grey and confident, stood
+before the desk at which sat McGregor. "We will get out of here if you
+do not mind," he said. "I want to talk to you and I would not like being
+interrupted. I have a fancy that we talk out of doors."
+
+The two men went in a street car to Jackson Park and, forgetting to
+dine, walked for an hour along the paths under the trees. The wind from
+the lake had chilled the air and the park was deserted.
+
+They went to stand on a pier that ran out into the lake. On the pier
+David tried to begin the talk that was the object of their being
+together but felt that the wind and the water that beat against the
+piling of the pier made talk too difficult. Although he could not have
+told why, he was relieved by the necessity of delay. Into the park they
+went again and found a seat upon a bench facing a lagoon.
+
+In the presence of the silent McGregor David felt suddenly embarrassed
+and awkward. "By what right do I question him?" he asked himself and in
+his mind could find no answer. A half dozen times he started to say what
+he had come to say but stopped and his talk ran off into trivialities.
+"There are men in the world you have not taken into consideration,"
+he said finally, forcing himself to begin. With a laugh he went on,
+relieved that the silence had been broken. "You see the very inner
+secret of strong men has been missed by you and others."
+
+David Ormsby looked sharply at McGregor. "I do not believe that you
+believe we are after money, we men of affairs. I trust you see beyond
+that. We have our purpose and we keep to our purpose quietly and
+doggedly."
+
+Again David looked at the silent figure sitting in the dim light and
+again his mind ran out, striving to penetrate the silence. "I am not
+a fool and perhaps I know that the movement you have started among the
+workers is something new. There is power in it as in all great ideas.
+Perhaps I think there is power in you. Why else should I be here?"
+
+Again David laughed uncertainly. "In a way I am in sympathy with you,"
+he said. "Although all through my life I have served money I have not
+been owned by it. You are not to suppose that men like me have not
+something beyond money in mind."
+
+The old plough maker looked away over McGregor's shoulder to where the
+leaves of the trees shook in the wind from the lake. "There have been
+men and great leaders who have understood the silent competent servants
+of wealth," he said half petulantly. "I want you to understand these
+men. I should like to see you become such a one yourself--not for the
+wealth it would bring but because in the end you would thus serve all
+men. You would get at truth thus. The power that is in you would be
+conserved and used more intelligently."
+
+"To be sure, history has taken little or no account of the men of whom
+I speak. They have passed through life unnoticed, doing great work
+quietly."
+
+The plough maker paused. Although McGregor had said nothing the older
+man felt that the interview was not going as it should. "I should like
+to know what you have in mind, what in the end you hope to gain for
+yourself or for these men," he said somewhat sharply. "There is after
+all no point to our beating about the bush."
+
+McGregor said nothing. Arising from the bench he began again to walk
+along the path with Ormsby at his side.
+
+"The really strong men of the world have had no place in history,"
+declared Ormsby bitterly. "They have not asked that. They were in Rome
+and in Germany in the time of Martin Luther but nothing is said of them.
+Although they do not mind the silence of history they would like other
+strong men to understand. The march of the world is a greater thing than
+the dust raised by the heels of some few workers walking through the
+streets and these men are responsible for the march of the world. You
+are making a mistake. I invite you to become one of us. If you plan to
+upset things you may get yourself into history but you will not really
+count. What you are trying to do will not work. You will come to a bad
+end."
+
+When the two men emerged from the park the older man had again the
+feeling that the interview had not been a success. He was sorry. The
+evening he felt had marked for him a failure and he was not accustomed
+to failures. "There is a wall here that I cannot penetrate," he thought.
+
+Along the front of the park beneath a grove of trees they walked in
+silence. McGregor seemed not to have heard the words addressed to him.
+When they came to where a long row of vacant lots faced the park he
+stopped and stood leaning against a tree to look away into the park,
+lost in thought.
+
+David Ormsby also became silent. He thought of his youth in the little
+village plough factory, of his efforts to get on in the world, of the
+long evenings spent reading books and trying to understand the movements
+of men.
+
+"Is there an element in nature and in youth that we do not understand
+or that we lose sight of?" he asked. "Are the efforts of the patient
+workers of the world always to be abortive? Can some new phase of life
+arise suddenly upsetting all of our plans? Do you, can you, think of men
+like me as but part of a vast whole? Do you deny to us individuality,
+the right to stand forth, the right to work things out and to control?"
+
+The ploughmaker looked at the huge figure standing beside the tree.
+Again he was irritated and kept lighting cigars which after two or three
+puffs he threw away. In the bushes at the back of the bench insects
+began to sing. The wind coming now in gentle gusts swayed slowly the
+branches of the trees overhead.
+
+"Is there an eternal youth in the world, a state out of which men pass
+unknowingly, a youth that forever destroys, tearing down what has been
+built?" he asked. "Are the mature lives of strong men of so little
+account? Have you like the empty fields that bask in the sun in the
+summer the right to remain silent in the presence of men who have had
+thoughts and have tried to put their thoughts into deeds?"
+
+Still saying nothing McGregor pointed with his finger along the road
+that faced the park. From a side street a body of men swung about a
+corner, coming with long strides toward the two. As they passed beneath
+a street lamp that swung gently in the wind their faces flashing in and
+out of the light seemed to be mocking David Ormsby. For a moment anger
+burned in him and then something, perhaps the rhythm of the moving mass
+of men, brought a gentler mood. The men swinging past turned another
+corner and disappeared beneath the structure of an elevated railroad.
+
+The ploughmaker walked away from McGregor. Something in the interview,
+terminating thus with, the presence of the marching figures had he felt
+unmanned him. "After all there is youth and the hope of youth. What he
+has in mind may work," he thought as he climbed aboard a street car.
+
+In the car David put his head out at the window and looked at the long
+line of apartment buildings that lined the streets. He thought again of
+his own youth and of the evenings in the Wisconsin village when, himself
+a youth, he went with other young men singing and marching in the
+moonlight.
+
+In a vacant lot he again saw a body of the Marching Men moving back and
+forth and responding quickly to the commands given by a slender young
+man who stood on the sidewalk beneath a street lamp and held a stick in
+his hand.
+
+In the car the grey-haired man of affairs put his head down upon the
+back of the seat in front. Half unconscious of his own thoughts his mind
+began to dwell upon the figure of his daughter. "Had I been Margaret I
+should not have let him go. No matter what the cost I should have clung
+to the man," he muttered.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+
+It is difficult not to be of two minds about the manifestation now
+called, and perhaps rightly, "The Madness of the Marching Men." In
+one mood it comes back to the mind as something unspeakably big and
+inspiring. We go each of us through the treadmill of our lives caught
+and caged like little animals in some vast menagerie. In turn we love,
+marry, breed children, have our moments of blind futile passion and
+then something happens. All unconsciously a change creeps over us. Youth
+passes. We become shrewd, careful, submerged in little things. Life,
+art, great passions, dreams, all of these pass. Under the night sky
+the suburbanite stands in the moonlight. He is hoeing his radishes and
+worrying because the laundry has torn one of his white collars. The
+railroad is to put on an extra morning train. He remembers that fact
+heard at the store. For him the night becomes more beautiful. For ten
+minutes longer he can stay with the radishes each morning. There is much
+of man's life in the figure of the suburbanite standing absorbed in his
+own thoughts in the midst of his radishes.
+
+And so about the business of our lives we go and then of a sudden
+there comes again the feeling that crept over us all in the year of the
+Marching Men. In a moment we are again a part of the moving mass. The
+old religious exaltation, strange emanation from the man McGregor,
+returns. In fancy we feel the earth tremble under the feet of the
+men--the marchers. With a conscious straining of the mind we strive to
+grasp the processes of the mind of the leader during that year when men
+sensed his meaning, when they saw as he saw the workers--saw them massed
+and moving through the world.
+
+My own mind, striving feebly to follow that greater and simpler mind,
+gropes about. I remember sharply the words of a writer who said that men
+make their own gods and realise that I myself saw something of the birth
+of such a god. For he was near to being a god then--our McGregor. The
+thing he did rumbles in the minds of men yet. His long shadow will fall
+across men's thoughts for ages. The tantalising effort to understand his
+meaning will tempt us always into endless speculation.
+
+Only last week I met a man--he was a steward in a club and lingered
+talking to me by a cigar case in an empty billiard-room--who suddenly
+turned away to conceal from me two large tears that had jumped into his
+eyes because of a kind of tenderness in my voice at the mention of the
+Marching Men.
+
+Another mood comes. It may be the right mood. I see sparrows jumping
+about in an ordinary roadway as I walk to my office. From the maple
+trees the little winged seeds come fluttering down before my eyes. A
+boy goes past sitting in a grocery wagon and over-driving a rather bony
+horse. As I walk I overtake two workmen shuffling along. They remind
+me of those other workers and I say to myself that thus men have
+always shuffled, that never did they swing forward into that world-wide
+rhythmical march of the workers.
+
+"You were drunk with youth and a kind of world madness," says my normal
+self as I go forward again, striving to think things out.
+
+Chicago is still here--Chicago after McGregor and the Marching Men. The
+elevated trains still clatter over the frogs at the turning into Wabash
+Avenue; the surface cars clang their bells; the crowds pour up in the
+morning from the runway leading to the Illinois Central trains; life
+goes on. And men in their offices sit in their chairs and say that the
+thing that happened was abortive, a brain storm, a wild outbreak of the
+rebellious the disorderly and the hunger in the minds of men.
+
+What begging of the question. The very soul of the Marching Men was a
+sense of order. That was the message of it, the thing that the world has
+not come up to yet. Men have not learned that we must come to understand
+the impulse toward order, have that burned into our consciousness,
+before we move on to other things. There is in us this madness for
+individual expression. For each of us the little moment of running
+forward and lifting our thin childish voices in the midst of the great
+silence. We have not learned that out of us all, walking shoulder to
+shoulder, there might arise a greater voice, something to make the
+waters of the very seas to tremble.
+
+McGregor knew. He had a mind not sick with much thinking of trifles.
+When he had a great idea he thought it would work and he meant to see
+that it did work.
+
+Mightily was he equipped. I have seen the man in halls talking, his
+huge body swaying back and forth, his great fists in the air, his voice
+harsh, persistent, insistent--with something of the quality of the drums
+in it--beating down into the upturned faces of the men crowded into the
+stuffy little places.
+
+I remember that newspaper men used to sit in their little holes and
+write saying of him that the times made McGregor. I do not know about
+that. The city caught fire from the man at the time of that terrible
+speech of his in the court room when Polk Street Mary grew afraid and
+told the truth. There he stood, the raw untried red-haired miner from
+the mines and the Tenderloin, facing an angry court and a swarm of
+protesting lawyers and uttering that city-shaking philippic against the
+old rotten first ward and the creeping cowardice in men that lets vice
+and disease go on and pervade all modern life. It was in a way another
+"J'Accuse!" from the lips of another Zola. Men who heard it have told
+me that when he had finished in the whole court no man spoke and no man
+dared feel guiltless. "For the moment something--a section, a cell,
+a figment, of men's brains opened--and in that terrible illuminating
+instant they saw themselves as they were and what they had let life
+become."
+
+They saw something else, or thought they did, saw McGregor a new force
+for Chicago to reckon with. After the trial one young newspaper man
+returned to his office and running from desk to desk yelled in the
+faces of his brother reporters: "Hell's out for noon. We've got a big
+red-haired Scotch lawyer up here on Van Buren Street that is a kind of a
+new scourge of the world. Watch the First Ward get it."
+
+But McGregor never looked at the First Ward. That wasn't bothering him.
+From the court room he went to march with men in a new field.
+
+Followed the time of waiting and of patient quiet work. In the evenings
+McGregor worked at the law cases in the bare room in Van Buren Street.
+That queer bird Henry Hunt still stayed with him, collecting tithes for
+the gang and going to his respectable home at night--a strange triumph
+of the small that had escaped the tongue of McGregor on that day
+in court when so many men had their names bruited to the world in
+McGregor's roll call--the roll call of the men who were but merchants,
+brothers of vice, the men who should have been masters in the city.
+
+And then the movement of the Marching Men began to come to the surface.
+It got into the blood of men. That harsh drumming voice began to shake
+their hearts and their legs.
+
+Everywhere men began to see and hear of the Marchers. From lip to lip
+ran the question, "What's going on?"
+
+"What's going on?" How that cry ran over Chicago. Every newspaper man in
+town got assignments on the story. The papers were loaded with it every
+day. All over the city they appeared, everywhere--the Marching Men.
+
+There were leaders enough! The Cuban War and the State Militia had
+taught too many men the swing of the march step for there not to be at
+least two or three competent drill masters in every little company of
+men.
+
+And there was the marching song the Russian wrote for McGregor. Who
+could forget it? Its high pitched harsh feminine strain rang in the
+brain. How it went pitching and tumbling along in that wailing calling
+endless high note. It had strange breaks and intervals in the rendering.
+The men did not sing it. They chanted it. There was in it just the weird
+haunting something the Russians know how to put into their songs and
+into the books they write. It isn't the quality of the soil. Some of our
+own music has that. But in this Russian song there was something else,
+something world-wide and religious--a soul, a spirit. Perhaps it is
+just the spirit that broods over that strange land and people. There was
+something of Russia in McGregor himself.
+
+Anyway the marching song was the most persistently penetrating thing
+Americans had ever heard. It was in the streets, the shops, the offices,
+the alleys and in the air overhead--the wail--half shout. No noise could
+drown it. It swung and pitched and rioted through the air.
+
+And there was the fellow who wrote the music down for McGregor. He was
+the real thing and he bore the marks of the shackles on his legs. He had
+remembered the march from hearing the men sing it as they went over
+the Steppes to Siberia, the men who were going up out of misery to more
+misery. "It would come out of the air," he explained. "The guards would
+run down the line of men to shout and strike out with their short
+whips. 'Stop it!' they cried. And still it went on for hours, defying
+everything, there on the cold cheerless plains."
+
+And he had brought it to America and put it to music for McGregor's
+marchers.
+
+Of course the police tried to stop the marchers. Into a street they
+would run crying "Disperse!" The men did disperse only to appear again
+on some vacant lot working away at the perfection of the marching. Once
+an excited squad of police captured a company of them. The same men were
+back in line the next evening. The police could not arrest a hundred
+thousand men because they marched shoulder to shoulder along the streets
+and chanted a weird march song as they went.
+
+The whole thing was not an outbreak of labour. It was something
+different from anything that had come into the world before. The unions
+were in it but besides the unions there were the Poles, the Russian
+Jews, the Hunks from the stockyards and the steel works in South
+Chicago. They had their own leaders, speaking their own languages. And
+how they could throw their legs into the march! The armies of the old
+world had for years been training men for the strange demonstration that
+had broken out in Chicago.
+
+The thing was hypnotic. It was big. It is absurd to sit writing of it
+now in such majestic terms but you have to go back to the newspapers of
+that day to realise how the imagination of men was caught and held.
+
+Every train brought writers tumbling into Chicago. In the evening fifty
+of them would gather in the back room at Weingardner's restaurant where
+such men congregate.
+
+And then the thing broke out all over the country, in steel towns like
+Pittsburgh and Johnstown and Lorain and McKeesport and men working in
+little independent factories in towns down in Indiana began drilling
+and chanting the march song on summer evenings on the village baseball
+ground.
+
+How the people, the comfortable well-fed middle class people were
+afraid! It swept over the country like a religious revival, the creeping
+dread.
+
+The writing men got to McGregor, the brain back of it all, fast enough.
+Everywhere his influence appeared. In the afternoon there would be a
+hundred newspaper men standing on the stairway leading up to the big
+bare office in Van Buren Street. At his desk he sat, big and red and
+silent. He looked like a man half asleep. I suppose the thing that was
+in their minds had something to do with the way men looked at him but
+in any case the crowd in Weingardner's agreed that there was in the man
+something of the same fear-inspiring bigness there was in the movement
+he had started and was guiding.
+
+It seems absurdly simple now. There he sat at his desk. The police might
+have walked in and arrested him. But if you begin figuring that way the
+whole thing was absurd. What differs it if men march coming from work,
+swinging along shoulder to shoulder or shuffle aimlessly along, and what
+harm can come out of the singing of a song?
+
+You see McGregor understood something that all of us had not counted
+on. He knew that every one has an imagination. He was at war with men's
+minds. He challenged something in us that we hardly realised was there.
+He had been sitting there for years thinking it out. He had watched Dr.
+Dowie and Mrs. Eddy. He knew what he was doing.
+
+A crowd of newspaper men went one night to hear McGregor at a big
+outdoor meeting up on the North Side. Dr. Cowell was with them--the big
+English statesman and writer who later was drowned on the _Titanic._
+He was a big man, physically and mentally, and was in Chicago to see
+McGregor and try to understand what he was doing.
+
+And McGregor got him as he had all men. Out there under the sky the
+men stood silent, Cowell's head sticking up above the sea of faces, and
+McGregor talked. The newspaper men declared he could not talk. They
+were wrong about that. McGregor had a way of throwing up his arms and
+straining and shouting out his sentences, that got to the souls of men.
+
+He was a kind of crude artist drawing pictures on the mind.
+
+That night he talked about labour as always--labour personified--huge
+crude old Labour. How he made the men before him see and feel the blind
+giant who has lived in the world since time began and who still goes
+stumbling blindly about, rubbing his eyes and lying down to sleep away
+centuries in the dust of the fields and the factories.
+
+A man arose in the audience and climbed upon the platform beside
+McGregor. It was a daring thing to do and men's knees trembled. While
+the man was crawling up to the platform shouts arose. One has in mind
+a picture of a bustling little fellow going into the house and into the
+upper room where Jesus and his followers were having the last supper
+together, going in there to wrangle about the price to be paid for the
+wine.
+
+The man who got on the platform with McGregor was a socialist. He wanted
+to argue.
+
+But McGregor did not argue with him. He sprang forward, it was a quick
+tiger-like movement, and spun the socialist about, making him stand
+small and blinking and comical before the crowd.
+
+Then McGregor began to talk. He made of the little stuttering arguing
+socialist a figure representing all labour, made him the personification
+of the old weary struggle of the world. And the socialist who went to
+argue stood with tears in his eyes, proud of his position in men's eyes.
+
+All over the city McGregor talked of old Labour and how he was to be
+built up and put before men's eyes by the movement of the Marching Men.
+How our legs tingled to fall in step and go marching away with him.
+
+Out of the crowds there came the note of that wailing march. Some one
+always started that.
+
+That night on the North Side Doctor Cowell got hold of the shoulder of a
+newspaper man and led him to a car. He who knew Bismarck and who had sat
+in council with kings went walking and babbling half the night through
+the empty streets.
+
+It is amusing now to think of the things men said under the influence of
+McGregor. Like old Doctor Johnson and his friend Savage they walked half
+drunk through the streets swearing that whatever happened they would
+stick to the movement. Doctor Cowell himself said things just as absurd
+as that.
+
+And all over the country men were getting the idea--the Marching
+Men--old Labour in one mass marching before the eyes of men--old Labour
+that was going to make the world see--see and feel its bigness at last.
+Men were to come to the end of strife--men united--Marching! Marching!
+Marching!
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+
+In all of the time of The Marching Men there was but one bit of written
+matter from the leader McGregor. It had a circulation running into the
+millions and was printed in every tongue spoken in America. A copy of
+the little circular lies before me now.
+
+THE MARCHERS
+
+     "They ask us what we mean.
+     Well, here is our answer.
+     We mean to go on marching.
+     We mean to march in the morning and in the evening when the sun
+  goes down.
+     On Sundays they may sit on their porches or shout at men playing
+  ball in a field
+     But we will march.
+     On the hard cobblestones of the city streets and through the dust
+  of country roads we will march.
+     Our legs may be weary and our throats hot and dry,
+     But still we will march, shoulder to shoulder.
+     We will march until the ground shakes and tall buildings tremble.
+     Shoulder to shoulder we will go--all of us--
+     On and on forever.
+     We will not talk nor listen to talk.
+     We will march and we will teach our sons and our daughters to
+  march.
+     Their minds are troubled. Our minds are clear.
+     We do not think and banter words.
+     We march.
+     Our faces are coarse and there is dust in our hair and beards.
+     See, the inner parts of our hands are rough.
+     And still we march--we the workers."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+
+Who will ever forget that Labour Day in Chicago? How they
+marched!--thousands and thousands and more thousands! They filled the
+streets. The cars stopped. Men trembled with the import of the impending
+hour.
+
+Here they come! How the ground trembles! The chant chant chant of that
+song! It must have been thus that Grant felt at the great review of the
+veterans in Washington when all day long they marched past him, the men
+of the Civil War, the whites of their eyes showing in the tan of their
+faces. McGregor stood on the stone curbing above the tracks in Grant
+Park. As the men marched they massed in there about him, thousands of
+them, steel workers and iron workers and great red-necked butchers and
+teamsters.
+
+And in the air wailed the marching song of the workers.
+
+All of the world that was not marching jammed into the buildings facing
+Michigan Boulevard and waited. Margaret Ormsby was there. She sat
+with her father in a carriage near where Van Buren Street ends at the
+Boulevard. As the men kept crowding in about them she clutched nervously
+at the sleeve of David Ormsby's coat. "He is going to speak," she
+whispered and pointed. Her tense air of expectancy expressed much of the
+feeling of the crowd. "See, listen, he is going to speak out."
+
+It must have been five in the afternoon when the men got through
+marching. They were massed in there clear down to the Twelfth Street
+Station of the Illinois Central. McGregor lifted his hands. In the hush
+his harsh voice carried far. "We are at the beginning," he shouted and
+silence fell upon the people. In the stillness one standing near her
+might have heard Margaret Ormsby weeping softly. There was the gentle
+murmur that always prevails where many people stand at attention. The
+weeping of the woman was scarcely audible but it persisted like the
+sound of little waves on a beach at the end of the day.
+
+
+
+
+
+BOOK VII
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+
+The idea prevalent among men that the woman to be beautiful must be
+hedged about and protected from the facts of life has done something
+more than produce a race of women not physically vigorous. It has made
+them deficient in strength of soul also. After the evening when
+she stood facing Edith and when she had been unable to arise to the
+challenge flung at her by the little milliner Margaret Ormsby was forced
+to stand facing her own soul and there was no strength in her for the
+test. Her mind insisted on justifying her failure. A woman of the people
+placed in such a position would have been able to face it calmly. She
+would have gone soberly and steadily about her work and after a
+few months of pulling weeds in a field, trimming hats in a shop or
+instructing children in a schoolroom would have been ready to thrust out
+again, making another trial at life. Having met many defeats she would
+have been armed and ready for defeat. Like a little animal in a
+forest inhabited by other and larger animals she would have known the
+effectiveness of lying perfectly still for a long period, making her
+patience a part of her equipment for living.
+
+Margaret had decided that she hated McGregor. After the scene in her
+house she gave up her work in the settlement house and for a long time
+went about nursing her hatred. In the street as she walked about her
+mind kept bringing accusations against him and in her room at night she
+sat by the window looking at the stars and said strong words. "He is a
+brute," she declared hotly, "a mere animal untouched by the culture that
+makes for gentleness. There is something animal-like and horrible in
+my nature that has made me care for him. I shall pluck it out. In the
+future I shall make it my business to forget the man and all of the
+dreadful lower strata of life that he represents."
+
+Filled with this idea Margaret went about among her own people and
+tried to become interested in the men and women she met at dinners and
+receptions. It did not work and when, after a few evenings spent in the
+company of men absorbed in the getting of money, she found them only
+dull creatures whose mouths were filled with meaningless words, her
+irritation grew and she blamed McGregor for that also. "He had no right
+to come into my consciousness and then take himself off," she declared
+bitterly. "The man is more of a brute than I thought. He no doubt preys
+upon everyone as he has preyed upon me. He is without tenderness, knows
+nothing of the meaning of tenderness. The colourless creature he has
+married will serve his body. That is what he wants. He does not want
+beauty. He is a coward who dare not stand up to beauty and is afraid of
+me."
+
+When the Marching Men Movement began to make a stir in Chicago Margaret
+went on a visit to New York. For a month she lived with two women
+friends at a big hotel near the sea and then hurried home. "I will see
+the man and hear him talk," she told herself. "I cannot cure myself of
+the consciousness of him by running away. Perhaps I am myself a coward.
+I shall go into his presence. When I hear his brutal words and see again
+the hard gleam that sometimes comes into his eyes I shall be cured."
+
+Margaret went to hear McGregor talk to a gathering of workingmen in a
+West Side hall and came away more alive to him than ever. In the hall
+she sat concealed in deep shadows by the door and waited with trembling
+eagerness.
+
+On all sides of her were men crowded together. Their faces were washed
+but the grime of the shops was not quite effaced. Men from the steel
+mills with the cooked look that follows long exposure to intense
+artificial heat, men of the building trades with their broad hands, big
+men and small men, misshapen and straight, labouring men, all sat at
+attention, waiting.
+
+Margaret noticed that as McGregor talked the lips of the working men
+moved. Fists were clenched. Applause came quick and sharp like the
+report of guns.
+
+In the shadows at the further side of the hall the black coats of the
+workers made a blot out of which intense faces looked and across which
+the flickering gas jets in the centre of the hall threw dancing lights.
+
+The words of the speaker were shot forth. The sentences seemed broken
+and disconnected. As he talked giant pictures flashed through the minds
+of the hearers. Men felt themselves big and exalted. A little steel
+worker sitting near Margaret, who earlier in the evening had been abused
+by his wife because he wanted to come to the meeting instead of helping
+with the dishes at home, stared fiercely about. He thought he would like
+to fight hand in hand with a wild animal in a forest.
+
+Standing on the narrow stage McGregor seemed a giant seeking expression.
+His mouth worked, the sweat stood upon his forehead and he moved
+restlessly up and down. At times, with his hands advanced and with the
+eager forward crouch of his body, he was like a wrestler waiting to
+grapple with an opponent.
+
+Margaret was deeply moved. Her years of training and of refinement were
+stripped off and she felt that, like the women of the French Revolution,
+she would like to go out into the streets and march screaming and
+fighting in feminine rage for the things of this man's mind.
+
+McGregor had scarcely begun to talk. His personality, the big eager
+something in him, had caught and held this audience as it had caught
+and held other audiences in other halls and was to hold them night after
+night for months.
+
+McGregor was something the men to whom he talked understood. He was
+themselves become expressive and he moved them as no other leader had
+ever moved them before. His very lack of glibness, the things in him
+wanting expression and not getting expressed, made him seem like one of
+them. He did not confuse their minds but drew for them great scrawling
+pictures and to them he cried, "March!" and for marching he promised
+them realisation of themselves.
+
+"I have heard men in colleges and speakers in halls talk of the
+brotherhood of man," he cried. "They do not want such a brotherhood.
+They would flee before it. But we will make by our marching such a
+brotherhood that they will tremble and say to one another, 'See, Old
+Labour is awake. He has found his strength.' They will hide themselves
+and eat their words of brotherhood.
+
+"A clamour of voices will arise, many voices, crying out, 'Disperse!
+Cease marching! I am afraid!'
+
+"This talk of brotherhood. The words mean nothing. Man cannot love man.
+We do not know what they mean by such love. They hurt us and underpay
+us. Sometimes one of us gets an arm torn off. Are we to lie in our beds
+loving the man who gets rich from the iron machine that ripped the arm
+from the shoulder?
+
+"On our knees and in our arms we have borne their children. On the
+streets we see them--the petted children of our madness. See we have
+let them run about misbehaving. We have given them automobiles and wives
+with soft clinging dresses. When they have cried we have cared for them.
+
+"And they being children with the minds of children are confused. The
+noise of affairs alarms them. They run about shaking their ringers and
+commanding. They speak with pity of us--Labour--their father.
+
+"And now we will show them their father in his might. The little
+machines they have in their factories are toys we have given them and
+that for the time we leave in their hands. We do not think of the
+toys nor the soft-bodied women. We make of ourselves a mighty army, a
+marching army going along shoulder to shoulder. We can love that.
+
+"When they see us, hundreds of thousands of us, marching into their
+minds and into their consciousness, then will they be afraid. And at the
+little meetings they have when three or four of them sit talking, daring
+to decide what things we shall have from life, there will be in their
+minds a picture. We will stamp it there.
+
+"They have forgotten our power. Let us reawaken it. See, I shake Old
+Labour by the shoulder. He arouses. He sits up. He thrusts his huge form
+up from where he was asleep in the dust and the smoke of the mills. They
+look at him and are afraid. See, they tremble and run away, falling over
+each other. The did not know Old Labour was so big.
+
+"But you workers are not afraid. You are the arms and the legs and the
+hands and the eyes of Labour. You have thought yourself small. You have
+not got yourself into one mass so that I could shake and arouse you.
+
+"You must get that way. You must march shoulder to shoulder. You must
+march so that you yourselves shall come to know what a giant you are.
+If one of your number whines or complains or stands upon a box throwing
+words about knock him down and keep marching.
+
+"When you have marched until you are one giant body then will happen a
+miracle. A brain will grow in the giant you have made.
+
+"Will you march with me?"
+
+Like a volley from a battery of guns came the sharp reply from the eager
+upturned faces of the audience. "We will! Let us march!" they shouted.
+
+Margaret Ormsby went out at the door and into the crowds on Madison
+Street. As she walked in the press she lifted her head in pride that
+a man possessed of such a brain and of the simple courage to try to
+express such magnificent ideas through human beings had ever shown
+favour toward her. Humbleness swept over her and she blamed herself for
+the petty thoughts concerning him that had been in her mind. "It does
+not matter," she whispered to herself. "Now I know that nothing matters,
+nothing but his success. He must do this thing he has set out to do. He
+must not be denied. I would give the blood out of my body or expose my
+body to shame if that could bring him success."
+
+Margaret became exalted in her humbleness. When her carriage had taken
+her to her house she ran quickly upstairs to her own room and knelt by
+her bed. She started to pray but presently stopped and sprang to her
+feet. Running to the window she looked off across the city. "He must
+succeed," she cried again. "I shall myself be one of his marchers. I
+will do anything for him. He is tearing the veil from my eyes, from all
+men's eyes. We are children in the hands of this giant and he must not
+meet defeat at the hands of children."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+
+On the day of the great demonstration, when McGregor's power over the
+minds and the bodies of the men of labour sent hundreds of thousands
+marching and singing in the streets, there was one man who was untouched
+by the song of labour expressed in the threshing of feet. David Ormsby
+had in his quiet way thought things out. He expected that the new
+impetus given to solidity in the ranks of labour would make trouble for
+him and his kind, that it would express itself finally in strikes and
+in wide-spread industrial disturbance. He was not worried. In the end
+he thought that the silent patient power of money would bring his people
+the victory. On that day he did not go to his office but in the morning
+stayed in his own room thinking of McGregor and of his daughter. Laura
+Ormsby was out of the city but Margaret was at home. David believed
+he had measured accurately the power of McGregor over her mind but
+occasional doubts came to him. "Well the time has come to have it out
+with her," he decided. "I must reassert my ascendency over her mind.
+The thing that is going on here is really a struggle of minds. McGregor
+differs from other leaders of labour as I differ from most leaders of
+the forces of money. He has brains. Very well. I shall meet him on that
+level. Then, when I have made Margaret think as I think, she will return
+to me."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+When he was still a small manufacturer in the Wisconsin town David
+had been in the habit of driving out in the evening with his daughter.
+During the drives he had been almost a lover in his attentions to the
+child and now when he thought of the forces at work within her he was
+convinced that she was still a child. Early in the afternoon he had a
+carriage brought to the door and drove off with her to the city. "She
+will want to see the man in the height of his power. If I am right in
+thinking that she is still under the influence of his personality there
+will be a romantic desire for that.
+
+"I will give her the chance," he thought proudly. "In this struggle I
+ask no quarter from him and shall not make the common mistake of parents
+in such cases. She is fascinated by the figure he has made of himself.
+Showy men who stand out from the crowd have that power. She is still
+under his influence. Why else her constant distraction and her want of
+interest in other things? Now I will be with her when the man is most
+powerful, when he shows to the greatest advantage, and then I will make
+my fight for her. I will point out to her another road, the road along
+which the real victors in life must learn to travel."
+
+Together David the quiet efficient representative of wealth and his
+woman child sat in the carriage on the day of McGregor's triumph. For
+the moment an impassable gulf seemed to separate them and with intense
+eyes each watched the hordes of men who massed themselves about the
+labour leader. At the moment McGregor seemed to have caught all men in
+the sweep of his movement. Business men had closed their desks, labour
+was exultant, writers and men given to speculation in thought walked
+about dreaming of the realisation of the brotherhood of man. In the long
+narrow treeless park the music made by the steady never-ending thresh of
+feet arose to something vast and rhythmical. It was like a mighty chorus
+come up out of the hearts of men. David was unmoved. Occasionally he
+spoke to the horses and looked from the faces of the men massed about
+him to his daughter's face. In the coarse faces of the men he thought
+he saw only a crude sort of intoxication, the result of a new kind of
+emotionalism. "It will not outlast thirty days of ordinary living in
+their squalid surroundings," he thought grimly. "It is not the kind of
+exaltation for Margaret. I can sing her a more wonderful song. I must
+get myself ready for that."
+
+When McGregor arose to speak Margaret was overcome with emotions.
+Dropping to her knees in the carriage she put her head down upon her
+father's arm. For days she had been telling herself that in the future
+of the man she loved there was no place for failure. Now again she
+whispered to herself that this great sturdy figure must not be denied
+the fulfilment of its purpose. When in the hush that followed the
+massing of the labourers about him the harsh booming voice floated over
+the heads of the people her body shook as with a chill. Extravagant
+fancies invaded her mind and she wished it were possible for her to do
+something heroic, something that would make her live again in the mind
+of McGregor. She wanted to serve him, to give him something out of
+herself, and thought wildly that there might yet come a time and a way
+by which the beauty of her body could be laid like a gift before him.
+The half mythical figure of Mary the lover of Jesus came into her mind
+and she aspired to be such another. With her body shaken with emotions
+she pulled at the sleeve of her father's coat. "Listen! It is going to
+come now," she murmured. "The brain of labour is going to express the
+dream of labour. An impulse sweet and lasting is going to come into the
+world."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+David Ormsby said nothing. When McGregor had begun to speak he touched
+the horses with the whip and drove slowly along Van Buren Street past
+the silent attentive ranks of men. When he had got into one of the
+streets near the river a vast cheer arose. It seemed to shake the city
+and the horses reared and leaped forward over the rough cobblestones.
+With one hand David quieted them while with the other he gripped the
+hand of his daughter. They drove over a bridge and into the West Side
+and as they went the marching song of the workers rising up out of
+thousands of throats rang in their ears. For a time the air seemed to
+pulsate with it but as they went westward it grew continually less and
+less distinct. At last when they had turned into a street lined by tall
+factories it died out altogether. "That is the end of him for me and
+mine," thought David and again set himself for the task he had to
+perform.
+
+Through street after street David let the horses wander while he clung
+to his daughter's hand and thought of what he wanted to say. Not all of
+the streets were lined with factories. Some, and these in the evening
+light were the most hideous, were bordered by the homes of workers. The
+houses of the workers, jammed closely together and black with grime,
+were filled with noisy life. Women sat in the doorways and children ran
+screaming and shouting in the road. Dogs barked and howled. Everywhere
+was dirt and disorder, the terrible evidence of men's failure in the
+difficult and delicate art of living. In one of the streets a little
+girl child who sat on the post of a fence made a ludicrous figure. As
+David and Margaret drove past she beat with her heels against the sides
+of the post and screamed. Tears ran down her cheeks and her dishevelled
+hair was black with dirt. "I want a banana! I want a banana!" she
+howled, staring at the blank walls of one of the houses. In spite of
+herself Margaret was touched and her mind left the figure of McGregor.
+By an odd chance the child on the post was the daughter of that
+socialist orator who one night on the North Side had climbed upon a
+platform to confront McGregor with the propaganda of the Socialist
+Party.
+
+David turned the horses into a wide boulevard that ran south through the
+factory district of the west. As they came out into the boulevard they
+saw sitting on the sidewalk before a saloon a drunkard with a drum in
+his hand. The drunkard beat upon the drum and tried to sing the marching
+song of the workers but succeeded only in making a queer grunting noise
+like a distressed animal. The sight brought a smile to David's lips.
+"Already it has begun to disintegrate," he muttered. "I brought you into
+this part of town on purpose," he said to Margaret. "I wanted you to see
+with your own eyes how much the world needs the thing he is trying to
+do. The man is terribly right about the need for discipline and order.
+He is a big man doing a big thing and I admire his courage. He would be
+a really big man had he the greater courage."
+
+On the boulevard into which they had turned all was quiet. The summer
+sun was setting and over the roofs of buildings the west was ablaze with
+light. They passed a factory surrounded by little patches of garden.
+Some employer of labour had tried thus feebly to bring beauty into the
+neighbourhood of the place where his men worked. David pointed with
+the whip. "Life is a husk," he said, "and we men of affairs who take
+ourselves so seriously because the fates have been good to us have odd
+silly little fancies. See what this fellow has been at, patching away,
+striving to create beauty on the shell of things. He is like McGregor
+you see. I wonder if the man has made himself beautiful, if either he or
+McGregor has seen to it that there is something lovely inside the husk
+he wears around and that he calls his body, if he has seen through life
+to the spirit of life. I do not believe in patching nor do I believe in
+disturbing the shell of things as McGregor has dared to do. I have my
+own beliefs and they are the beliefs of my kind. This man here, this
+maker of little gardens, is like McGregor. He might better let men find
+their own beauty. That is my way. I have, I want to think, kept myself
+for the sweeter and more daring effort."
+
+David turned and looked hard at Margaret who had begun to be influenced
+by his mood. She waited, looking with averted face at the sky over the
+roofs of buildings. David began to talk of himself in relation to her
+and her mother. A note of impatience came into his voice.
+
+"How far you have been carried away, haven't you?" he said sharply.
+"Listen. I am not talking to you now as your father nor as Laura's
+daughter. Let us be clear about that I love you and am in a contest
+to win your love. I am McGregor's rival. I accept the handicap of
+fatherhood. I love you. You see I have let something within myself
+alight upon you. McGregor has not done that. He refused what you had
+to offer but I do not. I have centred my life upon you and have done it
+quite knowingly and after much thought. The feeling I have is something
+quite special. I am an individualist but believe in the oneness of man
+and woman. I would dare venture into but one other life beyond my own
+and that the life of a woman. I have chosen to ask you to let me venture
+so into your life. We will talk of it."
+
+Margaret turned and looked at her father. Later she thought that some
+strange phenomena must have happened at the moment Something like a film
+was torn from her eyes and she saw the man David, not as a shrewd and
+calculating man of affairs, but as something magnificently young. Not
+only was he strong and solid but in his face there was at the moment the
+deep lines of thought and suffering she had seen on the countenance of
+McGregor. "It is strange," she thought. "They are so unlike and yet the
+two men are both beautiful."
+
+"I married your mother when I was a child as you are a child now," David
+went on. "To be sure I had a passion for her and she had one for me.
+It passed but it was beautiful enough while it lasted. It did not have
+depth or meaning. I want to tell you why. Then I am going to make you
+understand McGregor so that you may take your measure of the man. I am
+coming to that. I have to begin at the beginning.
+
+"My factory began to grow and as an employer of labour I became
+concerned in the lives of a good many men."
+
+His voice again became sharp. "I have been impatient with you," he said.
+"Do you think this McGregor is the only man who has seen and thought of
+other men in the mass? I have done that and have been tempted. I also
+might have become sentimental and destroyed myself. I did not. Loving a
+woman saved me. Laura did that for me although when it came to the real
+test of our love, understanding, she failed. I am nevertheless grateful
+to her that she was once the object of my love. I believe in the beauty
+of that."
+
+Again David paused and began to tell his story in a new way. The figure
+of McGregor came back into Margaret's mind and her father began to
+feel that to take it entirely away would be an accomplishment full of
+significance. "If I can take her from him, I and my kind can take the
+world from him also," he thought. "It will be another victory for the
+aristocracy in the never-ending battle with the mob."
+
+"I came to a turning point," he said aloud. "All men come to that point.
+To be sure the great mass of people drift quite stupidly but we are not
+now talking of people in general. There is you and me and there is the
+thing McGregor might be. We are each in our way something special. We
+come, people like us, to a place where there are two roads to take. I
+took one and McGregor has taken another. I know why and perhaps he knows
+why. I concede to him knowledge of what he has done. But now it is time
+for you to decide which road you will take. You have seen the crowds
+moving along the broad way he has chosen and now you will set out on
+your own way. I want you to look down my road with me."
+
+They came to a bridge over a canal and David stopped the horses. A body
+of McGregor's marchers passed and Margaret's pulse began to beat high
+again. When she looked at her father however he was unmoved and she was
+a little ashamed of her emotions. For a moment David waited, as though
+for inspiration, and when the horses started on again he began to talk.
+"A labour leader came to my factory, a miniature McGregor with a crooked
+twist to him. He was a rascal but the things he said to my men were
+all true enough. I was making money for my investors, a lot of it.
+They might have won in a fight with me. One evening I went out into the
+country to walk alone under the trees and think it over."
+
+David's voice became harsh and Margaret thought it had become strangely
+like the voice of McGregor talking to workingmen. "I bought the man
+off," David said. "I used the cruel weapon men like me have to use.
+I gave him money and told him to get out, to let me alone. I did it
+because I had to win. My kind of men always have to win. During the walk
+I took alone I got hold of my dream, my belief. I have the same dream
+now. It means more to me than the welfare of a million men. For it I
+would crush whatever opposed me. I am going to tell you of the dream.
+
+"It is too bad one has to talk. Talk kills dreams and talk will also
+kill all such men as McGregor. Now that he has begun to talk we will get
+the best of him. I do not worry about McGregor. Time and talk will bring
+about his destruction."
+
+David's mind ran off in a new direction. "I do not think a man's life
+is of much importance," he said. "No man is big enough to grasp all
+of life. That is the foolish fancy of children. The grown man knows he
+cannot see life at one great sweep. It cannot be comprehended so. One
+has to realise that he lives in a patchwork of many lives and many
+impulses.
+
+"The man must strike at beauty. That is the realisation maturity brings
+and that is where the woman conies in. That is what McGregor was not
+wise enough to understand. He is a child you see in a land of excitable
+children."
+
+The quality of David's voice changed. Putting his arm about his daughter
+he drew her face down beside his own. Night descended upon them. The
+woman who was tired from much thinking began to feel grateful for the
+touch of the strong hand on her shoulder. David had accomplished his
+purpose. He had for the moment made his daughter forget that she was
+his daughter. There was something hypnotic in the quiet strength of his
+mood.
+
+"I come now to women, to your part," he said. "We will talk of the thing
+I want to make you understand. Laura failed as the woman. She never saw
+the point. As I grew she did not grow with me. Because I did not talk of
+love she did not understand me as a lover, did not know what I wanted,
+what I demanded of her.
+
+"I wanted to fit my love down upon her figure as one puts a glove on his
+hand. You see I was the adventurer, the man mussed and moiled by life
+and its problems. The struggle to exist, to get money, could not be
+avoided. I had to make that struggle. She did not. Why could she not
+understand that I did not want to come into her presence to rest or to
+say empty words. I wanted her to help me create beauty. We should have
+been partners in that. Together we should have undertaken the most
+delicate and difficult of all struggles, the struggle for living beauty
+in our everyday affairs."
+
+Bitterness swept over the old ploughmaker and he used strong words. "The
+whole point is in what I am now saying. That was my cry to the woman.
+It came out of my soul. It was the only cry to another I have ever made.
+Laura was a little fool. Her mind flitted away to little things. I do
+not know what she wanted me to be and now I do not care. Perhaps she
+wanted me to be a poet, a stringer together of words, one to write
+shrill little songs about her eyes and lips. It does not matter now what
+she wanted.
+
+"But you matter."
+
+David's voice cut through the fog of new thoughts that were confusing
+his daughter's mind and she could feel his body stiffen. A thrill ran
+through her own body and she forgot McGregor. With all the strength of
+her spirit she was absorbed in what David was saying. In the challenge
+that was coming from the lips of her father she began to feel there
+would be born in her own life a definite purpose.
+
+"Women want to push out into life, to share with men the disorder and
+mussiness of little things. What a desire! Let them try it if they wish.
+They will sicken of the attempt. They lose sight of something bigger
+they might undertake. They have forgotten the old things, Ruth in the
+corn and Mary with the jar of precious ointment, they have forgotten the
+beauty they were meant to help men create.
+
+"Let them share only in man's attempt to create beauty. That is the
+big, the delicate task to which they should consecrate themselves. Why
+attempt instead the cheaper, the secondary task? They are like this
+McGregor."
+
+The ploughmaker became silent. Taking up the whip he drove the horses
+rapidly along. He thought that his point was made and was satisfied to
+let the imagination of his daughter do the rest. They turned off the
+boulevard and passed through a street of small stores. Before a saloon
+a troop of street urchins led by a drunken man without a hat gave a
+grotesque imitation of McGregor's Marchers before a crowd of laughing
+idlers. With a sinking heart Margaret realised that even at the height
+of his power the forces that would eventually destroy the impulses back
+of McGregor's Marchers were at work. She crept closer to David. "I love
+you," she said. "Some day I may have a lover but always I shall love
+you. I shall try to be what you want of me."
+
+It was past two o'clock that night when David arose from the chair where
+he had been for several hours quietly reading. With a smile on his
+face he went to a window facing north toward the city. All through
+the evening groups of men had been passing the house. Some had gone
+scuffling along, a mere disorderly mob, some had gone shoulder to
+shoulder chanting the marching song of the workers and a few, under the
+influence of drink, had stopped before the house to roar out threats.
+Now all was quiet. David lighted a cigar and stood for a long time
+looking out over the city. He was thinking of McGregor and wondering
+what excited dream of power the day had brought into the man's head.
+Then he thought of his daughter and of her escape. A soft light came
+into his eyes. He was happy but when he had partially undressed a new
+mood came and he turned out the lights in the room and went again to the
+window. In the room above Margaret had been unable to sleep and had also
+crept to the window. She was thinking again of McGregor and was ashamed
+of her thoughts. By chance both father and daughter began at the same
+moment to doubt the truth of what David had said during the drive along
+the boulevard. Margaret could not express her doubts in words but tears
+came into her eyes.
+
+As for David, he put his hand on the sill of the window and for just
+a moment his body trembled as with age and weariness. "I wonder," he
+muttered--"if I had youth--perhaps McGregor knew he would fail and yet
+had the courage of failure, I wonder if both Margaret and myself lack
+the greater courage, if that evening long ago when I walked under the
+trees I made a mistake? What if after all this McGregor and his woman
+knew both roads. What if they, after looking deliberately along the road
+toward success in life, went without regret along the road to failure?
+What if McGregor and not myself knew the road to beauty?"
+
+END
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Marching Men, by Sherwood Anderson
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARCHING MEN ***
+
+***** This file should be named 7045.txt or 7045.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/7/0/4/7045/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+  www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887.  Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:  www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+